Optionally fused heterocyclyl- substituted derivatives of pyrimidine useful for the treatment of inflammatory, metabolic, oncologic and autoimmune diseases

ABSTRACT

Disclosed are compounds active towards nuclear receptors, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds and use of the compounds in therapy.

FIELD

Aspects and embodiments described herein relate to compounds active towards nuclear receptors, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and methods of treating inflammatory, metabolic, oncologic and autoimmune diseases or disorders using the compounds.

BACKGROUND

Nuclear receptors are a family of transcription factors involved in the regulation of physiological functions, such as cell differentiation, embryonic development, and organ physiology. Nuclear receptors have also been identified as important pathological regulators in diseases such as cancer, diabetes, and autoimmune disorders.

Examples of nuclear receptors include the nucelar retinoic acid receptor-related orphan receptors (RORs). RORs contain four principal domains: an N-terminal A/B domain, a DNA-binding domain, a hinge domain and a ligand binding domain. Binding of ligands to the ligand-binding domain is believed to cause conformational changes in the domain resulting in downstream actions. Different isoforms exist and these isoforms differ in their N-terminal A/B domain only.

RORs consist of three members, namely ROR alpha (RORα), ROR beta (RORβ) and ROR gamma (RORγ or RORc).

RORα is expressed in many tissues such as cerebellar Purkinje cells, the liver, thymus, skeletal muscle, skin, lung, adipose tissue and kidney.

RORγ also has a broad expression pattern and was the most recently discovered of the three members. To date, five splice variants have been recorded for RORγ coding for two different protein isoforms: RORγ1 and RORγ2 (RORγ2 is also known as RORγt). Generally RORγ is used to describe RORγ1 and/or RORγt. RORγ1 is expressed in many tissues and is predominantly expressed in the kidneys, liver, and skeletal muscle. In contrast, expression of RORγt is restricted to lymphoid organs such as the thymus. RORγt has been identified as a key regulator of Th17 cell differentiation. Th17 cells are a subset of T helper cells which preferentially produce the cytokines IL-17A, IL-17F, IL-21 and IL-22. Th17 cells and their products have been shown to be associated with the pathology of many human inflammatory and autoimmune disorders.

There is thus evidence that RORα and RORγ play a role in the pathogenesis of many diseases.

It would be desirable to provide compounds that modulate the activity of RORα and/or RORγ for use in treating inflammatory, metabolic and autoimmune diseases.

SUMMARY

In one aspect provided herein are compounds of Formula (I)

or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs, and stereoisomers thereof, wherein:

Y is NR or O;

R is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl;

R₁ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₄ alkenyl;

R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —CN, and —OH;

or R and R₂ are combined to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring; or R₂ and R_(3a) are combined to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring;

R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl;

R_(4b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, oxo, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and —C(═O)R₁₀;

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of —(CR₈R₉)pOR₁₂, —(CR₈R₉)p-CR₁₃R₁₄R₁₅, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉;

n and p are integers independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4;

R_(6a), R_(6b) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or R_(6a) and R_(6b) are taken together to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, or R_(6a) and R₁₃ are taken together to form a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₅ heteroalicyclyl;

R₇, R₈, R₉, and R₁₂, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; R₁₀ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₆ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₆ alkyl)₂, and C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl;

R₁₃ is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, —(CR₈R₉)p-SO₂R₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉;

R₁₄ and R₁₅ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or

R₁₄ and R₁₅ are combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;

B is a ring system selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and, C₂-C₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3b) and R_(3c), are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉, or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or

R_(3b) and R_(4a) or R_(4b) are combined to form a fused ring, and wherein whenever R₂ is hydrogen R₁ cannot be chloro, and with the proviso that the compound is not

According to a further aspect, R and R₂ or R₂ and R_(3a) are combined to form a fused ring. In another aspect, R₅ is —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, or —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉. Alternatively, R₅ is —(CR₈R₉)p-CR₁₃R₁₄R₁₅ wherein R₁₄ and R₁₅ are combined to form a ring system.

According to another aspect, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the herein above described type and at least one pharmaceutical acceptable excipient.

According to yet another aspect, the herein above described compound or pharmaceutical composition are for use in therapy.

According to another aspect, the herein above described compound or pharmaceutical composition are for use in the treatment and/or prevention of inflammatory, metabolic and autoimmune diseases or disorders.

In another aspect, the herein above described compound or pharmaceutical composition are for modulating the activity of a retinoic acid receptor-related orphan receptor (ROR).

Further, advantageous features of various embodiments are defined in the dependent claims and within the detailed description below.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS Definitions

Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. All patents, applications, published applications and other publications referenced herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the event that there are a plurality of definitions for a term herein, those in this section prevail unless stated otherwise.

As used herein, any “R” group(s) such as, without limitation, R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, R₈, R₉, and R₁₀, represent substituents that can be attached to the indicated atom. A non-limiting list of R groups includes but is not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heteroalicyclyl. If two “R” groups are covalently bonded to the same atom or to adjacent atoms, then they may be “taken together” or “combined” as defined herein to form a cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heteroalicyclyl group. For example, without limitation, if R_(a) and R_(b) of an NR_(a)R_(b) group are indicated to be “taken together” or “combined”, it means that they are covalently bonded to one another at their terminal atoms to form a ring that includes the nitrogen:

As readily recognized by the skilled person, any given group disclosed herein may comprise further hydrogen(s) than the one(s) provided by a R-group, being hydrogen, attached to the group.

Whenever a group is described as being “unsubstituted or substituted,” if substituted, the substituent(s) (which may be present one or more times, such as 1, 2, 3 or 4 times) are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.

When a substituent on a group is deemed to be “substituted,” the substitutent itself is substituted with one or more of the indicated substitutents. When the referenced substituent is substituted, it is meant that one or more hydrogen atoms on the referenced substituent may be replaced with a group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. The protecting groups that may form the protective derivatives of the above substituents are known to those of skill in the art and may be found in references Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3^(rd) Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

As used herein, “C_(m) to C_(n),” “C_(m)-C_(n)” or “C_(m)_n” in which “m” and “n” are integers refers to the number of carbon atoms in the relevant group. That is, the group can contain from “m” to “n”, inclusive, carbon atoms. Thus, for example, a “C₁ to C₆ alkyl” group refers to all alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbons, that is, CH₃—, CH₃CH₂—, CH₃CH₂CH₂—, (CH₃)₂CH—, CH₃CH₂CH₂CH₂—, CH₃CH₂CH(CH₃)—, CH₃CH(CH)₃CH₂—, CH₃CH(CH)₃CH₂— and (CH₃)₃C—. If no “in” and “n” are designated with regard to a group, the broadest range described in these definitions is to be assumed.

As used herein, “alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group that is fully saturated (no double or triple bonds). The alkyl group may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., “1 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkyl” where no numerical range is designated). The alkyl group may also be a medium size alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as “C₁₋₆”. The alkyl group could also be a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of the compounds may be designated as “C₁-C₄ alkyl,” “C₁₋₄ alkyl” or similar designations. By way of example only, “C₁-C₄ alkyl” or “C₁₋₄ alkyl” indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl. Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like. When substituted, the substituent group(s) is(are) one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.

As used herein, “alkenyl” refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more double bonds. If more than one double bond is present, the double bonds may be conjugated or not conjugated. The alkenyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “2 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., “2 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkenyl group may consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkenyl” where no numerical range is designated). When substituted, the substituent group(s) is(are) one or more group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, mercapto, alkylthio, cyano, halogen, nitro, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof.

As used herein, “alkynyl” refers to an alkyl group that contains in the straight or branched hydrocarbon chain one or more triple bonds. The alkynyl group may have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “2 to 20” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., “2 to 20 carbon atoms” means that the alkynyl group may consist of 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 20 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkynyl” where no numerical range is designated). An alkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be selected from the same groups disclosed above with regard to alkenyl group substitution.

As used herein, “hetero” may be attached to a group and refers to one or more carbon atom(s) and the associated hydrogen atom(s) in the attached group have been independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus and sulfur.

As used herein, “heteroalkyl,” by itself or in combination with another term, refers to a straight or branched alkyl group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms, where one or more carbon atom(s), such as 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atom(s), and the associated hydrogen atom(s) have been independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The carbon atom(s) being replace may be in the middle or at the end of the alkyl group. Examples of heteroalkyl include, but are not limited to, —S-alkyl, —O-alkyl, —NH-alkyl, -alkylene-O-alkyl, etc

As used herein, “aryl” refers to a carbocyclic (all carbon) ring or two or more fused rings (rings that share two adjacent carbon atoms) that have a fully delocalized pi-electron system. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzene, naphthalene and azulene. An aryl group may be substituted. When substituted, hydrogen atoms are replaced by substituent group(s) that is(are) one or more group(s) independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. When substituted, substituents on an aryl group may form a non-aromatic ring fused to the aryl group, including a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, and heterocyclyl.

As used herein, “heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic ring system (a ring system with fully delocalized pi-electron system), in which at least one of the atoms in the ring system is a heteroatom, that is, an element other than carbon, including but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Examples of monocyclic “heteroaryl” include, but are not limited to, furan, thiophene, phthalazine, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, triazole, thiadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, tetrazole, and triazine. Examples of multicyclic “heteroaryl” include, but are not limited to, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, indole, purines, benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzopyranones (e.g. coumarin, chromone, and isocoumarin). A heteroaryl may be substituted. When substituted, hydrogen atoms are replaced by substituent group(s) that is(are) one or more group(s) independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, nitro, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. When substituted, substituents on a heteroacyl group may form a non-aromatic ring fused to the aryl group, including a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, and heterocyclyl.

An “aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” is an aryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and aryl group of an aralkyl may be substituted. Examples include but are not limited to benzyl, substituted benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, and naphthylalkyl. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.

A “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkyl” is heteroaryl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and heteroaryl group of heteroaralkyl may be substituted. Examples include but are not limited to 2-thienylmethyl, 3-thienylmethyl, furylmethyl, thienylethyl, pyrrolylalkyl, pyridylalkyl, isoxazolylalkyl, pyrazolylalkyl and imidazolylalkyl, and their substituted as well as benzo-fused analogs. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.

An “alkylene” is a straight-chained tethering group, forming bonds to connect molecular fragments via their terminal carbon atoms. The alkylene may have 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkylene may also be a medium size alkylene having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as “C₁₋₆” The alkylene could also be a lower alkylene having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkylene may be designated as “C₁-C₄ alkylene”, “C₁₋₄ alkylene” or similar designations. Non-limiting examples include, methylene (—CH₂—), ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—), propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—), and butylene (—(CH₂)₄—) groups. In the case of methylene, the two connected fragments are connected to the same carbon atom. A lower alkylene group may be substituted.

As used herein, “heteroalkylene” by itself or in combination with another term refers to an alkylene group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms in which one or more of the carbon atoms, such as 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atom(s), are independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen. Examples of heteroalkylene include, but not limited to —CH₂—, —CH₂—CH₂—O—, —CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—O—, —CH₂—NH—, —CH₂—CH₂—NH—, —CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—NH—, —CH₂—CH₂—NH—CH₂—, —O—CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—O—, —O—CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₂—CH₂—, and the like.

As used herein, “alkylidene” refers to a divalent group, such as ═CR′R″, which is attached to one carbon of another group, forming a double bond. Alkylidene groups include, but are not limited to, methylidene (═CH₂) and ethylidene (═CHCH₃). As used herein, “arylalkylidene” refers to an alkylidene group in which either R′ or R″ is an aryl group. An alkylidene group may be substituted.

As used herein, “alkoxy” refers to the group —OR wherein R is an alkyl, e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, cyclopropoxy, 1-methylethoxy (isopropoxy), n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, amoxy, tert-amoxy and the like. An alkoxy may be substituted.

As used herein, “alkylthio” refers to the formula —SR wherein R is an alkyl is defined as above, e.g. methylmercapto, ethylmercapto, n-propylmercapto, 1-methylethylmercapto (isopropylmercapto), n-butylmercapto, iso-butylmercapto, sec-butylmercapto, tert-butylmercapto, and the like. An alkylthio may be substituted.

As used herein, “aryloxy” and “arylthio” refers to RO— and RS-, in which R is an aryl as defined above, e.g., phenoxy, naphthalenyloxy, azulenyloxy, anthracenyloxy, naphthalenylthio, phenylthio and the like. Both an aryloxy and arylthio may be substituted.

As used herein, “alkenyloxy” refers to the formula —OR wherein R is an alkenyl as defined above, e.g., vinyloxy, propenyloxy, n-butenyloxy, iso-butenyloxy, sec-pentenyloxy, tert-pentenyloxy, and the like. The alkenyloxy may be substituted.

As used herein, “acyl” refers to a hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or aryl connected, as substituents, via a carbonyl group. Examples include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, benzoyl, and acryl. An acyl may be substituted.

As used herein, “cycloalkyl” refers to a completely saturated (no double bonds) mono- or multi-cyclic hydrocarbon ring system. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Cycloalkyl groups may range from C₃ to C₁₀, such as from C₃ to C₆. A cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. Typical cycloalkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. If substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from those indicated above with regard to substitution of an alkyl group unless otherwise indicated. When substituted, substituents on a cycloalkyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the cycloalkyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.

As used herein, “cycloalkenyl” refers to a cycloalkyl group that contains one or more double bonds in the ring although, if there is more than one, they cannot form a fully delocalized pi-electron system in the ring (otherwise the group would be “aryl,” as defined herein). When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be connected together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Cycloalkenyl groups may range from C₃ to C₁₀, such as from C₃ to C₈ or from C₅ to C₁₀. For example, C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl includes C₄₋₈ cycloalkenyl, C₅₋₈ cycloalkenyl or C₆₋₈ cycloalkenyl. A cycloalkenyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from the groups disclosed above with regard to alkyl group substitution unless otherwise indicated. When substituted, substituents on a cycloalkenyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the cycloalkenyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.

As used herein, “cycloalkynyl” refers to a cycloalkyl group that contains one or more triple bonds in the ring. When composed of two or more rings, the rings may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion. Cycloalkynyl groups may range from C₈ to C₁₂. A cycloalkynyl group may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be an alkyl or selected from the groups disclosed above with regard to alkyl group substitution unless otherwise indicated. When substituted, substituents on a cycloalkynyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the cycloalkynyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.

As used herein, “heteroalicyclic” or “heteroalicyclyl” refers to a 3- to 18 membered ring which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The heteroalicyclic or heteroalicyclyl groups may range from C₂ to C₁₀, in some embodiments it may range from C₂ to C₉, and in other embodiments it may range from C₂ to C₈. The “heteroalicyclic” or “heteroalicyclyl” may be monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may be joined together in a fused, bridged or spiro-connected fashion; and the nitrogen, carbon and sulfur atoms in the “heteroalicyclic” or “heteroalicyclyl” may be oxidized; the nitrogen may be quaternized; and the rings may also contain one or more double bonds provided that they do not form a fully delocalized pi-electron system throughout all the rings, examples are 2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazin-3(4H)-one, 3,4-dihydroquinolin-2(1H)-one, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]oxazole, 2,3-dihydro-1H-benzo[d]imidazole, indoline, and 1,3-dihydro-2H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-one, and benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-one. Heteroalicyclyl groups may be unsubstituted or substituted. When substituted, the substituent(s) may be one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, cyano, halogen, C-amido, N-amido, S-sulfonamido, N-sulfonamido, isocyanato, thiocyanato, isothiocyanato, nitro, silyl, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, trihalomethanesulfonyl, trihalomethanesulfonamido, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups, and the protected derivatives thereof. Examples of such “heteroalicyclic” or “heteroalicyclyl” include but are not limited to, azepinyl, dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl, morpholinyl, oxetanyl, oxiranyl, piperidinyl N-Oxide, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyranyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, and thiamorpholinyl sulfone. When substituted, substituents on a heteroalicyclyl group may form an aromatic ring fused to the heteroalicyclyl group, including an aryl and a heteroaryl.

A “(cycloalkyl)alkyl” is a cycloalkyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and cycloalkyl of a (cycloalkyl)alkyl may be substituted. Examples include but are not limited cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylbutyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopropylisopropyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, and the like. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.

A “(cycloalkenyl)alkyl” is a cycloalkenyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and cycloalkenyl of a (cycloalkenyl)alkyl may be substituted. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.

A “(cycloalkynyl)alkyl” is a cycloalkynyl group connected, as a substituent, via an alkylene group. The alkylene and cycloalkynyl of a (cycloalkynyl)alkyl may be substituted. In some cases, the alkylene group is a lower alkylene group.

As used herein, “halo” or “halogen” refers to F (fluoro), Cl (chloro), Br (bromo) or I (iodo).

As used herein, “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen. Such groups include but are not limited to, chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl and 1-chloro-2-fluoromethyl, 2-fluoroisobutyl. A haloalkyl may be substituted.

As used herein, “haloalkoxy” refers to a RO-group in which R is a haloalkyl group. Such groups include but are not limited to, chloromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy and 1-chloro-2-fluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroisobutyoxy. A haloalkoxy may be substituted.

An “O-carboxy” group refers to a “RC(═O)O-” group in which R can be hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroalicyclyl, aralkyl, or (heteroalicyclyl)alkyl, as defined herein. An O-carboxy may be substituted.

A “C-carboxy” group refers to a “—C(═O)OR” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A C-carboxy may be substituted.

A “trihalomethanesulfonyl” group refers to an “X₃CSO₂—” group” wherein X is a halogen.

A dashed bond,

, represents an optional unsaturation between the atoms forming the bond. This bond may be unsaturated (e.g. C═C, C═N, C═O) or saturated (e.g. C—C, C—N, C—O). When a dashed bond is present in a ring system it may form part of an aromatic ring system.

A “nitro” group refers to a “—NO₂” group

A “cyano” group refers to a “—CN” group.

A “cyanato” group refers to an “—OCN” group.

An “isocyanato” group refers to a “—NCO” group.

A “thiocyanato” group refers to a “—SCN” group.

A “carbonyl” group refers to a “—C(═O)—” group.

A “thiocarbonyl” group refers to a “—C(═S)—” group.

An “oxo” group refers to a “═O—” group.

A “hydroxy” group or “hydroxyl” group refers to an “—OH” group.

An “isothiocyanato” group refers to an “—NCS” group.

A “sulfinyl” group refers to an “—S(═O)—R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A sulfinyl may be substituted.

A “sulfonyl” group refers to an “SO₂R” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A sulfonyl may be substituted.

An “S-sulfonamido” group refers to a “—SO₂NR_(A)R_(B)” group in which R_(A) and R_(B) independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy, or combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl substituted or unsubstituted heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. A S-sulfonamido may be substituted.

An “N-sulfonamido” group refers to a “RSO₂N(R_(A))—” group in which R and R_(A) independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy. An N-sulfonamido may be substituted.

A “trihalomethanesulfonamido” group refers to an “X₃CSO₂N(R)—” group with X as halogen and R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. A trihalomethanesulfonamido may be substituted.

A “C-amido” group refers to a “—C(═O)NR_(A)R_(B)” group in which R_(A) and R_(B) independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy, or combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl substituted or unsubstituted heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. A C-amido may be substituted.

An “N-amido” group refers to a “RC(═O)NR_(A)-” group in which R and R_(A) independently of each other can be the same as defined with respect to the R group as defined for O-carboxy. An N-amido may be substituted.

An “ester” refers to a “—C(═O)OR” group in which R can be the same as defined with respect to O-carboxy. An ester may be substituted.

A lower alkoxyalkyl refers to an alkoxy group connected via a lower alkylene group. A lower alkoxyalkyl may be substituted.

An “amine” or “amino” refers to “RNH₂” (a primary amine), “R₂NH” (a secondary amine), “R₃N” (a tertiary amine). An amino group may be substituted.

A lower aminoalkyl refers to an amino group connected via a lower alkylene group. A lower aminoalkyl may be substituted.

Any unsubstituted or monosubstituted amine group on a compound herein can be converted to an amide, any hydroxyl group can be converted to an ester and any carboxyl group can be converted to either an amide or ester using techniques well-known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3^(rd) Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999).

As used herein, the abbreviations for any protective groups, amino acids and other compounds, are, unless indicated otherwise, in accord with their common usage, recognized abbreviations, or the IUPAC-IUB Commission on Biochemical Nomenclature (See, Biochem. 11:942-944 (1972)).

As employed herein, the following terms have their accepted meaning in the chemical literature.

CDCl₃ deuterated chloroform

DCM dichloromethane or CH₂Cl₂

DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine

DMF N,N-dimethylformamide

DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide

EtOAc ethyl acetate

h hour(s)

MeOH methanol

TFA trifluoroacetic acid

It is understood that, in any compound disclosed herein having one or more chiral centers, if an absolute stereochemistry is not expressly indicated, then each center may independently be of R-configuration or S-configuration or a mixture thereof. Thus, the compounds provided herein may be enatiomerically pure or be stereoisomeric mixtures. Further, compounds provided herein may be scalemic mixtures. In addition, it is understood that in any compound having one or more double bond(s) generating geometrical isomers that can be defined as E or Z each double bond may independently be E or Z or a mixture thereof. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.

As used herein, “tautomer” and “tautomeric” refer to alternate forms of a compound disclosed herein that differ in the position of a proton. Non-limiting examples include enol-keto and imine-enamine tautomers, or the tautomeric forms of heteroaryl groups containing a ring atom attached to both a ring —NH— moiety and a ring ═N— moiety such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles.

It is understood that isotopes may be present in the compounds described herein. Each chemical element as represented in a compound structure may include any isotope of said element. For example, in a compound described herein a hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including but not limited to hydrogen-1 (protium) and hydrogen-2 (deuterium). Thus, reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.

As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of a compound that does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound. Pharmaceutical salts can be obtained by reaction of a compound disclosed herein with an acid or base. Base-formed salts include, without limitation, ammonium salt (NH₄); alkali metal, such as, without limitation, sodium or potassium, salts; alkaline earth, such as, without limitation, calcium or magnesium, salts; salts of organic bases such as, without limitation, dicyclohexylamine, piperidine, piperazine, methylpiperazine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine; and salts with the amino group of amino acids such as, without limitation, arginine and lysine. Useful acid-based salts include, without limitation, acetates, adipates, aspartates, ascorbates, benzoates, butyrates, caparate, caproate, caprylate, camsylates, citrates, decanoates, formates, fumarates, gluconates, glutarate, glycolates, hexanoates, laurates, lactates, maleates, nitrates, oleates, oxalates, octanoates, propanoates, palmitates, phosphates, sebacates, succinates, stearates, sulfates, sulfonates, such as methanesulfonates, ethanesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, salicylates, tartrates, and tosylates.

Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and hydrates are complexes of a compound with one or more solvent of water molecules, or 1 to about 100, or 1 to about 10, or one to about 2, 3 or 4, solvent or water molecules.

As used herein, a “prodrug” refers to a compound that may not be pharmaceutically active but that is converted into an active drug upon in vivo administration. The prodrug may be designed to alter the metabolic stability or the transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects or toxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter other characteristics or properties of a drug. Prodrugs are often useful because they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for example, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent drug is not. The prodrug may also have better solubility than the active parent drug in pharmaceutical compositions. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug would be a compound disclosed herein, which is administered as an ester (the “prodrug”) to facilitate absorption through a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimental to mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to a carboxylic acid (the active entity) once inside the cell where water-solubility is beneficial. A further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized in vivo to release the active parent compound. By virtue of knowledge of pharmacodynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo, those skilled in the art, once a pharmaceutically active compound is known, can design prodrugs of the compound (see, e.g. Nogrady (1985) Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388-392).

“Anti-drug” refers to a compound or composition acting against or opposing illicit drugs or their use. Compounds of the present application may act as anti-drugs.

As used herein, to “modulate” the activity of a receptor means either to activate it, i.e., to increase its cellular function over the base level measured in the particular environment in which it is found, or deactivate it, i.e., decrease its cellular function to less than the measured base level in the environment in which it is found and/or render it unable to perform its cellular function at all, even in the presence of a natural binding partner. A natural binding partner is an endogenous molecule that is an agonist for the receptor.

An “agonist” is defined as a compound that increases the basal activity of a receptor (i.e. signal transduction mediated by the receptor).

As used herein, “partial agonist” refers to a compound that has an affinity for a receptor but, unlike an agonist, when bound to the receptor it elicits only a fractional degree of the pharmacological response normally associated with the receptor even if a large number of receptors are occupied by the compound.

An “inverse agonist” is defined as a compound, which reduces, or suppresses the basal activity of a receptor, such that the compound is not technically an antagonist but, rather, is an agonist with negative intrinsic activity.

As used herein, “antagonist” refers to a compound that binds to a receptor to form a complex that does not give rise to any response, as if the receptor was unoccupied. An antagonist attenuates the action of an agonist on a receptor. An antagonist may bind reversibly or irreversibly, effectively eliminating the activity of the receptor permanently or at least until the antagonist is metabolized or dissociates or is otherwise removed by a physical or biological process.

As used herein, a “subject” refers to an animal that is the object of treatment, observation or experiment. “Animal” includes cold- and warm-blooded vertebrates and invertebrates such as birds, fish, shellfish, reptiles and, in particular, mammals. “Mammal” includes, without limitation, mice; rats; rabbits; guinea pigs; dogs; cats; sheep; goats; cows; horses; primates, such as monkeys, chimpanzees, and apes, and, in particular, humans.

As used herein, a “patient” refers to a subject that is being treated by a medical professional such as an M.D. or a D.V.M. to attempt to cure, or at least ameliorate the effects of, a particular disease or disorder or to prevent the disease or disorder from occurring in the first place.

As used herein, a “carrier” refers to a compound that facilitates the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues. For example, without limitation, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) is a commonly utilized carrier that facilitates the uptake of many organic compounds into cells or tissues of a subject.

As used herein, a “diluent” refers to an ingredient in a pharmaceutical composition that lacks pharmacological activity but may be pharmaceutically necessary or desirable. For example, a diluent may be used to increase the bulk of a potent drug whose mass is too small for manufacture or administration. It may also be a liquid for the dissolution of a drug to be administered by injection, ingestion or inhalation. A common form of diluent in the art is a buffered aqueous solution such as, without limitation, phosphate buffered saline that mimics the composition of human blood.

As used herein, an “excipient” refers to an inert substance that is added to a pharmaceutical composition to provide, without limitation, bulk, consistency, stability, binding ability, lubrication, disintegrating ability etc., to the composition. A “diluent” is a type of excipient.

A “receptor” is intended to include any molecule present inside or on the surface of a cell that may affect cellular physiology when it is inhibited or stimulated by a ligand. Typically, a receptor comprises an extracellular domain with ligand-binding properties, a transmembrane domain that anchors the receptor in the cell membrane, and a cytoplasmic domain that generates a cellular signal in response to ligand binding (“signal transduction”). A receptor also includes any intracellular molecule that in response to ligation generates a signal. A receptor also includes any molecule having the characteristic structure of a receptor, but with no identifiable ligand. In addition, a receptor includes a truncated, modified, mutated receptor, or any molecule comprising partial or all of the sequences of a receptor.

“Ligand” is intended to include any substance that interacts with a receptor.

“Selective” or “selectivity” is defined as a compound's ability to generate a desired response from a particular receptor type, subtype, class or subclass while generating less or little response from other receptor types. “Selective” or “selectivity” of one or more particular subtypes of a compound means a compound's ability to increase the activity of the subtypes while causing less, little or no increase in the activity of other subtypes.

As used herein, “coadministration” of pharmacologically active compounds refers to the delivery of two or more separate chemical entities, whether in vitro or in vivo. Coadministration means the simultaneous delivery of separate agents; the simultaneous delivery of a mixture of agents; as well as the delivery of one agent followed by delivery of a second agent or additional agents. Agents that are coadministered are typically intended to work in conjunction with each other.

The term “an effective amount” as used herein means an amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue, system, animal or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes alleviation or palliation of the symptoms of the disease being treated.

When used herein, “prevent/preventing” should not be construed to mean that a condition and/or a disease never might occur again after use of a compound or pharmaceutical composition according to embodiments disclosed herein to achieve prevention. Further, the term should neither be construed to mean that a condition not might occur, at least to some extent, after such use to prevent said condition. Rather, “prevent/preventing” is intended to mean that the condition to be prevented, if occurring despite such use, will be less severe than without such use.

Compounds

According to one aspect compounds of Formula (I)

or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs, and stereoisomers thereof, wherein:

Y is NR or O;

R is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl;

R₁ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₄ alkenyl;

R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —CN, and —OH;

or R and R₂ are combined to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring; or R₂ and R_(3a) are combined to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring;

R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl;

R_(4b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —C(═O)R₁₀;

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of —(CR₈R₉)pOR₁₂, —(CR₈R₉)p-CR₁₃R₁₄R₁₅, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉;

n, and p are integers independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4;

R_(6a), R_(6b) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or R_(6a) and R_(6b) are taken together to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, or R_(6a) and R₁₃ are taken together to form a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R₇, R₈, R₉, and R₁₂, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R₁₀ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₆ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₆ alkyl)₂, and C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl;

R₁₃, if not to be taken together with R_(6a), is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, —(CR₈R₉)p-SO₂R₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉;

R₁₄ and R₁₅ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or

R₁₄ and R₁₅ are combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;

B is a ring system selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and C₂-C₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3b) and R_(3c), are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉; or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or R_(3b) and R_(4a) or R_(4b) are combined to form a fused ring, and wherein whenever R₂ is hydrogen R₁ cannot be chloro, and with the proviso that the compound is not

are provided herein.

As with any group of structurally related compounds which possess a particular utility, certain embodiments of variables of the compounds of Formula (I) may be particularly useful in their end use application.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), R and R₂ in combination with the pyrimidine ring form a ring system selected from pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine, or 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine. The ring system may be pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), R and R₂ in combination with the pyrimidine ring form a ring system selected from pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine or 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine or R₂ and R_(3a) in combination with the pyrimidine ring of formula (I) form ring system selected from a pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine or 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine.

The compounds of Formula (I) may also have the Formula (IIa):

wherein R_(4e) and R_(4d) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and —OH. Additional examples of compounds of Formula (IIa), R_(4e) and R_(4d) may be independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, and fluorine.

The compounds of Formula (I) may also have the Formula (IIab):

wherein R_(4e) and R_(4d) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and —OH. Additional examples of compounds of Formula (IIa), R_(4e) and R_(4d) may be independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, and fluorine.

Embodiment disclosed herein below in relation to various groups, rings and substituents of compounds of Formula (I) are, as indicated, equally applicable to compounds of any one of the Formulae (IIa-IIf) provided below herein, provided that the relevant group, integer, ring and/or substituent is present in the Formula of concern, as readily appreciated by the skilled person.

According to another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf) have R₅ being —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇ or —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉, unless otherwise specified. In an alternative embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf) have R₅ being —(CR₈R₉)pOR₁₂, unless otherwise specified. In these embodiments, R₇, R₈, R₉, and R₁₂ are independently selected of each other from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl and substituted or unsubstituted aryl. Preferred groups of R₇, R₈, R₉, and R₁₂ are selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, and aryl, while even more preferred groups are selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and tert-butyl. The integer p is preferably selected from 0, 1 or 2. In some embodiments, p is 0.

According to yet another embodiment, R₅ is —(CR₈R₉)p-CR₁₃R₁₄R₁₅. In this embodiment it is preferred that R₁₄ and R₁₅ are combined to form a ring system. Further, the integer “p” may be 0 (zero). While it is not intended that the ring system be particular limited, preferred ring systems are selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₇ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. For example, R₁₄ and R₁₅ may be combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, azetidinyl, thietanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazoleyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathianyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dioxolanyl, dioxanyl, furyl, dihydrofuranyl, furazanyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, dithiolanyl, dithianyl, thiopyranyl, thianyl, thienyl, oxetanyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, iso-indolyl, and tetrahydrothienyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted. Preferably, R₁₄ and R₁₅ are combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of cycloheptyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, dioxanyl, furyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, oxazolyl, oxetanyl, oxathianyl, phenyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrazolyl, thianyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiopyryl, 1,4-oxathianyl 4,4-dioxide, thianyl-1,1-dioxide and triazolyl, all of which may be unsubstituted or substituted. Some embodiments relate to the ring system formed being phenyl, pyridyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, and oxetanyl, and tetrahydropyranyl, all which may be substituted by (CH₂)_(q)(R_(5a)) as defined below. Some embodiments relate to the ring system being phenyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl or cyclohexyl. In embodiments wherein the ring system formed by R₁₄ and R₁₅ is is aromatic, R₁₃ is absent

In a further embodiment, the ring system formed by the combination of R₁₄ and R₁₅ is substituted with one ore more —(CH₂)q(R_(5a)) wherein R_(5a) is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH₂COOR₂₀, —CH₂CONR₂₁R₂₂, —CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CH₂— imidazolyl, —CH₂—SO₂R₂₀, oxo —CH₂C(CH₃)₂(OR₂₀), —OR₂₀, —CH₂-triazolyl, —CF₃, dimethyl substituted-imidazolyl-2,4-dione, —CH₂—SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, morpholinyl, —C(═O)-morpholinyl, piperidyl-CH₂OR₂O, —OCH₂-tetrahydrofuryl, piperazinonyl, piperidinyl-CONR₂₁R₂₂, —OH, —COR₂₀, —CONR₂₁R₂₂, —CH(OR₂₀)CH₃, —COOR₂₀, —CH₂-pyrrolidyl, C₁₋₆ alkylene-OH, cyclopentyl, pyrrolidonyl, tetrazolyl, —CH₂-tetrazolyl, —CH₂OR₂₀, acyl, —SOR₂₀, —SO₂R₂₀, —COR₂₀, —NR₂₁SO₂R₂₀, —SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, and halogen;

R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₂ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl or R₂₁ and R₂₂ are combined to form a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl; and

q is an integer selected from 0, 1 or 2.

Of course the ring system formed by the combination of R₁₄ and R₁₅ may, in alternative embodiments, be substituted with groups other than —(CH₂)q(R_(5a)).

According to some embodiments, R₁₃ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, —CH₃, fluorine, —OH, —CH₂OH, —OCH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CO₂H, —CO₂—C₁₋₄-alkyl, —CH₂—SO₂R₂₀ and —CONR₈R₉ wherein R₈ and R₉ are independently of each other selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl and C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl or R₈ and R₉ are combined to form a C₂-C₆ heteroalicyclyl, and R₂₀ is selected from C₁₋₆ alkyl. Some embodiments relate to R₁₃ taken together with R_(6a) to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₅ heteroalicyclyl. According to some embodiments, R₁₃ is absent or hydrogen.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), Y is NR. Further, while R may be selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl. In one embodiment R is hydrogen.

According to some embodiments, R₁ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy. R₁ may thus include C₁₋₄ haloalkyl and C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl groups. In some embodiment, R₁ is hydrogen.

According to some embodiments, R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl. According to one embodiment R₂ is a halogen such as fluorine.

In some embodiments R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₃₋₅ heteroalicyclyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted. Non limiting examples are methyl, methylenecyclopropyl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, and methylene-tetrahydrofuran-3-yl. Some embodiments relate to R_(3a) being methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl, such as R_(3a) being methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl, or cyclobutyl. In one example, R_(3a) is cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R_(3a) is cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, chloro, and fluoro. When more than one substituent are present they may be bound to the same or separate carbon atom(s).

In some embodiments R_(3b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, —(CH₂)₁₋₄C(═O)R₁₀, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl. Non limiting examples are methyl, CH₂C(O)OMe, cyclopropyl, and cyclobutyl. The substituents of substituted alkyls are, according to some embodiments, selected from the group consisting of: halogen, eg. fluorine, hydroxyl, NH₂, NH(C₁₋₄ alkyl), N(C₁₋₄ alkyl)₂, e.g. NMe₂, NHC(O)C₁₋₄ alkyl, NC₁₋₄ alkylC(O)C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and or unsubstituted heteroaryl.

In some embodiments R_(3c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, and C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments R_(3b) is hydrogen, and R_(3c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, cyclopropyl and cyclobutyl; or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₃₋₅ heteroalicyclyl, R_(3b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)C(═O)R₁₀, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl and C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, and R₃, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, and C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₃₋₅ heteroalicyclyl, and R_(3b) and R_(3c) are hydrogen.

In some embodiments R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl, such as from methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl, and cyclobutyl, and R_(3b) is hydrogen and R_(3c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, cyclopropyl and cyclobutyl; or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form a cyclopropyl.

According to some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ haloalkoxy, heteroaryl, and aryl. In some embodiments R_(4a) groups are selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, chlorine, bromine, fluorine, methoxy, ethoxy, C₁₋₂ haloalkyl, C₁₋₂ haloalkoxy, triazolyl. In some embodiments R_(4a) groups are —CF₃, —CF₂CF₃, —CHF₂, —OCF₃, —OCF₂CF₃, and —OCHF₂. In some embodiments R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of isopropyl, —CN, ethoxy, —CF₃, —OCF₃, and triazolyl.

In some embodiments, wherein the ring system B is 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl, R_(4a) is arranged in the para- or meta-position, in relation to the the carbon carrying R_(3b) and R_(3c).

According to some embodiments, R_(4b) is selected from hydrogen, oxo, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy. In this embodiment, R_(4b) may be further selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, chlorine, bromine, fluorine, methoxy, ethoxy, —OH, C₁₋₂ haloalkyl, and C₁₋₂ haloalkoxy. Examples of R_(4b) groups comprise —CF₃, —CHF₂, —OCF₃, and —OCHF₂. In some embodiments R_(4b) is hydrogen.

Some embodiments relate to R_(4a) being selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, chlorine, bromine, fluorine, methoxy, ethoxy, C₁₋₂ haloalkyl, C₁₋₂ haloalkoxy, and triazolyl arranged in the above mentioned para- or meta-position, and R_(4b) being hydrogen.

In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I)) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), R_(6a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or R_(6a) and R₁₃ are taken together to form a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl. Further examples of groups of R_(6a) are selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ haloalkoxy, and aryl. It is preferred however, that R_(6a) is hydrogen.

According to some embodiments, R_(6b) is selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl in the compounds of Formula (I). Thus, R_(6b) may be hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆-alkoxy-C₁₋₆-alkyl-, aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl-, C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl-C₁₋₄ alkyl-, C₁₋₆-alkoxy-aryl-, haloaryl, and aryl. Particular examples are of compounds of Formula (I), or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), have, unless otherwise specified, an R_(6b) group selected from hydrogen, —(CH₂)C(CH₃)₃, —(CH₂)CONH₂, phenyl, phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 halogens, —CH(CH₃)OC(CH₃)₃, —CH₂-phenyl-OCH₃, -phenyl-OCH₃, —CH₂-pyridyl, CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂CONH₂, CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂-tetrazolyl, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂OH, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-NHSO₂CH₂CF₃, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂CN, —CH₂-phenyl-CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂-phenyl-CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂-phenyl-CH₂CONH₂CH₃, —CH₂-phenyl-CH₂-tetrazolyl, —CH₂-phenyl-CONH₂, —CH₂-phenyl-SO₂NH-cyclopropyl, —CH₂-phenyl-SO₂CH₃, —CH₂-phenyl-NHSO₂CF₃, —CH₂-phenyl-NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂-phenyl-NHSO₂CHF₂, —CH₂-pyridyl-CH₃, —CH₂-pyridyl-SO₂CH₃, —CH₂-pyridyl-CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂-pyrimidyl-NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂-piperidyl-COCH₃, —CH₂-piperidyl-SO₂CH₃, —CH₂-piperidyl-SO₂CF₃, —CH₂-thienyl-CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂-cyclobutyl-CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂-cyclobutyl-CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂-cyclobutyl-CO₂H, —CH₂-cyclobutyl-CONH₂, —CH₂-tetrahydrothiopyryl, —CH₂-cyclopentyl, —CH₂-cyclohexyl, —CH₂-tetrahydrofuranyl, —CH₂-tetrahydropyranyl, —CH₂-oxetanyl, and —CH₂— pyranyl.

Some embodiments relate to R_(6a) and R_(6b) being taken together to form a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl.

Ring system B in compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf) is not intended to be particularly limited, unless otherwise indicated. In some embodiments, ring system B is a mono- or bicyclic aryl, a mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, or a mono- or bicyclic heteroalicyclyl. Ring system B may, but need not, be substituted with at least one of R_(4a) or R_(4b) that is a non-hydrogen substituent. Compounds of Formula (I)) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf) may also have a ring system B that is a mono-cyclic, 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl substituted with R_(4a). In some embodiments ring system B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, naphthyl and furanyl. In some embodiments ring system B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl and pyrimidinyl. Alternatively, n may be 0 and R_(4a) hydrogen, i.e. the ring system B is unsubstituted.

In some embodiments, n is an integer selected from 1, 2, 3 and 4. Alternatively, n may be 0 meaning that R_(4a) will be the only substituent on ring system B.

In some embodiments, the ring B is a bicyclic ring system, such as bicyclic aryl, bicyclic heteroaryl, or bicyclic heteroalicyclyl ring systems, e.g. benzazepine, benzazocines, benzimidazole, benzimidazoline, benzodioxin, benzodioxole, benzofuran, benzoisothiazole, benzothiadiazine, benzothiadiazole, benzothiazepine, benzothiazine, benzothiazole, benzothiophene, benzotriazole, benzoxadiazole, benzoxathiole, benzoxazepine, benzoxazine, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, benzodioxole, chromane, chromene, coumarin, cyclopentapyridine, cyclopentapyrimidine, diazanaphthalene, dioxolopyridine, dioxolopyrimidine, dihydrobenzodioxine, dihydrobenzooxathiine, furofuran, furopyridine, furopyridine, furopyrimidine, imidazopyridine, imidazopyrimidines, indane, indazole, indene, indole, indoline, indolizines, isobenzofuran, isochromenes, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, naphthalene, naphthyridine, oxathiolopyridine, oxathiolopyrimidine, oxazolopyridine, oxazolopyrimidine, pteridine, purine, pyranopyridine, pyranopyrimidine, pyrazolodiazepines, pyrazolopyridine, pyrazolopyrimidine, pyridobenzthiazine, pyridodiazepene, pyridooxazine, pyridopyrazine, pyridopyrimidine, pyridothiazine, pyrimidooxazine, pyrimidopyrimidine, pyrimidothiazine, pyrrolizine, pyrroloimidazole, pyrrolopyrazine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolone, quinolizidine, quinoxaline, tetralin, thiazolopyridine, thiazolopyrimidine, thienodiazepine, thienopyridine, thienopyrimidine, thiochromane, thiochromene, thiopyranopyridine, thiopyranopyrimidine, triazolopyridazine, triazolopyridine or triazolopyrimidine, all of which may be unsubstituted or substituted.

According to yet another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf) have R₅ being —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉; Rs and R₉ are independently of each other selected from H and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl; p is 0; and R_(6b) is hydrogen or —(CH₂)C(CH₃)₃.

Compounds disclosed herein may also comprise compounds of Formula (IIb):

wherein:

R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy; some compounds of Formula (IIb) have an R1 that is hydrogen or —CF₃;

R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3b) and R_(3c), are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉; or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or R_(3b) and R_(4b) are combined to form a fused ring; R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; some compounds of Formula (IIb) have an R_(4a) that is selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CF₃, —OCF₃, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, —C₁₋₆ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ alkoxy substituted with one or more halogens, and phenyl;

R_(4b) is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —C(═O)R₁₀;

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₇ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, unsubstituted or substituted aryl, and unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl;

R_(6a) are R_(6b) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl;

n is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, and 4; and

p is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, and 4.

In compounds of Formula (IIb), R₅ may be selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₄₋₇ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₆-1₂ membered aryl, substituted or unsubstituted 4-membered heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 6-membered heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted 6-membered heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 7-membered heteroaryl, and a substituted or unsubstituted 7-membered heteroalicyclyl. Thus, R₅ may be selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, azetidinyl, thietanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathianyl, 1,4-oxathianyl, 4,4-dioxide, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dioxolanyl, dioxanyl, furyl, dihydrofuranyl, furazanyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, dithiolanyl, dithianyl, thiopyranyl, thianyl, thianyl-1,1-dioxide, thienyl, oxetanyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, iso-indolyl, and tetrahydrothienyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted. Especially, R₅ may be selected from the group consisting of cycloheptyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, dioxanyl, furyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, oxazolyl, oxetanyl, oxathianyl, phenyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrazolyl, thianyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiopyryl, and triazolyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted.

If substituted, R₅ may be substituted with one or more —(CH₂)q(R_(5a)) wherein R_(5a) is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH₂COOR₂₀, —CH₂CONR₂₁R₂₂, oxo, —CN, —CH₂—CN, C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CH₂-imidazolyl, —CH₂—SO₂R₂₀, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂(OR₂₀), —OR₂₀, —CH₂-triazolyl, —CF₃, dimethyl substituted-imidazolyl-2,4-dione, —CH₂—SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, morpholinyl, —C(═O)-morpholinyl, piperidyl-CH₂OR₂₀, —OCH₂-tetrahydrofuryl, piperazinonyl, piperidinyl-CONR₂₁R₂₂, —OH, —COR₂₀, —CONR₂₁R₂₂, —CH(OR₂₀)CH₃, —COOR₂₀, —CH₂-pyrrolidyl, C₁₋₆ alkylene-OH, cyclopentyl, pyrrolidonyl, tetrazolyl, —CH₂-tetrazolyl, —CH₂OR₂₀, acyl, —SOR₂₀, —SO₂R₂₀, —SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, —NR₂₁SO₂R₂₀, and halogen;

R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₂ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, or R₂₁ and R₂₂ are combined to form a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl; and

q is an integer selected from 0, 1 or 2.

Further, R₅ may be selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl, aryl substituted with one or more C₁₋₆ alkoxy, aryl substituted with —CH₂COOC₁₋₆ alkyl, aryl substituted with —CH₂CONH—(C₁₋₆ alkyl), aryl substituted with —CH₂CON(C₁₋₆ alkyl)₂, —(CH₂)—C(═O)OR₇, —C(═O)OR₇, —(CH₂)—C(═O)NR₈R₉ or —C(═O)NR₈R₉, and heteroaryl substituted with —(CH₂)—C(═O)NR₈R₉ or SO₂R₇, and C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl substituted with —(CH₂)—C(═O)NR₈R₉ or SO₂R₇;

R₇, R₈, and R₉ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkylene substituted with furanyl.

Compounds disclosed herein may also comprise compounds of Formula (IIc):

wherein:

R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3b) and R_(3c), are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉; or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or

R_(3b) and R_(4a) are combined to form a ring system; or

R_(3b) and R_(4b) are combined to form a ring system;

R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, —C(CH₃)₃, —CH₂(CH₃)₂, —CF₃, —OCH₃, —OC(CH₃)₃, and —OCF₃;

R_(4b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, and OCH₃;

n is an integer independently selected from 1 or 2;

p is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, and 2;

A is OR₇ or NR₈R₉;

R_(6a), R_(6b) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;

R₇, R₈, and R₉ are independently selected from H and C₁₋₆ alkyl; and

B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, quinolinyl, and 1,4-benzodioxanyl.

Compounds disclosed herein may also comprise compounds of Formula (IId):

wherein:

B is selected from phenyl, pyridyl and pyrimidyl;

R is hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl;

R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3b) and R_(3c), are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉; or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or

R_(3b) and R_(4b) are combined to form a fused ring;

R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; for example R_(4a) may be a substituent arrange in para- or meta-position compared to the carbon atom in the ring system C, and selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl (for example —CF₃), C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy (for example —OCF₃), and heteroaryl;

R_(4b) is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —C(═O)R₁₀;

R_(6a) are R_(6b) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl

R₅ is a ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridyl, pyridinyl-N-oxide, cyclohexyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolidonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, benzopyrrolidonyl, cyclobutyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptanyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl-1,1-dioxide, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl-1,1-dioxide, 1,4-oxathianyl-4,4-dioxide, and piperidinyl, any of which may be unsubstituted or substituted with (R_(5b))t;

R_(5b), when present, is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH₂COOR₂₀, —CH₂CONR₂₁R₂₂, —CN, —CH₂CN, —C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CH₂-imidazolyl, —CH₂—SO₂CH₃, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂(OR₂₀), —OCH₃, —CH₂-triazolyl, —CF₃, dimethyl substituted-imidazolidinyl-2,4-dione, —NSO₂R₂₀, —CH₂—SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, morpholinyl, —C(═O)-morpholinyl, piperazinonyl, piperidinyl-CONR₂₁R₂₂, —OH, —COR₂₀, —CONR₂₁R₂₂, —CH(OR₂₀)CH₃, —COOR₂₀, —CH₂-pyrrolidonyl, —C₁₋₆-alkylene-OH, -cyclopentyl, -pyrrolidonyl, -tetrazolyl, —CH₂-triazolyl, —CH₂OR₂₀, -acyl, —SOR₂₀, —SO₂R₂₀, —SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, —NR₂₁SO₂R₂₀, and halogen; R₇, R₈, and R₉ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkylene substituted with furanyl;

R₁₀ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₆ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₆ alkyl)₂, and C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl

R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₂ are independently selected from H, —C₁₋₆ alkyl, —C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, —C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and —C₁₋₆ heteroalicyclyl;

p is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, and 2;

t is an integer selected from 1 or 2; and

n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, and 4. In some embodiments of Formula (IId) R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₃₋₅ heteroalicyclyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted; R_(3b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, —(CH₂)_(m)C(═O)R₁₀, C₁₋₄ alkyl-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkyl-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl and C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl; and R_(3c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, and C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl.

Compounds disclosed herein may also comprise compounds of Formula (IIe):

or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs, and stereoisomers thereof, wherein:

n, and p are an integer selected from 0, 1 and 2;

B is selected from phenyl, pyridyl and pyrimidyl;

R is hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl; R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₃ alkylene-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₂₋₅ heteroalicyclyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;

R_(3b) and R_(3c), are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉; or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; for example R_(4a) is —CF₃ or —OCF₃;

R_(4b) is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —C(═O)R₁₀;

R₅ is a ring selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridyl, pyridinyl-N-oxide, cyclohexyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolidonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, benzopyrrolidonyl, cyclobutyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl, cyclopentyl, cycloheptanyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl-1,1-dioxide, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl-1,1-dioxide, 1,4-oxathianyl-4,4-dioxide, and piperidinyl, any of which may be unsubstituted or substituted with (R_(5b))t;

R_(5b), when present, is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH₂COOR₂₀, —CH₂CONR₂₁R₂₂, oxo, —CN, —CH₂CN, —C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CH₂-imidazolyl, —CH₂—SO₂CH₃, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂(OR₂₀), —OCH₃, —CH₂-triazolyl, —CF₃, dimethyl substituted-imidazolidinyl-2,4-dione, —NSO₂R₂₀, —CH₂—SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, morpholinyl, —C(═O)-morpholinyl, piperidinyl-CH₂OR₂₀, OCH₂-tetrahydrofuranyl, piperazinonyl, piperidinyl-CONR₂₁R₂₂, —OH, —COR₂₀, —CONR₂₁R₂₂, —CH(OR₂₀)CH₃, —COOR₂₀, —CH₂-pyrrolidonyl, —C₁₋₆-alkylene-OH, -cyclopentyl, -pyrrolidonyl, -tetrazolyl, —CH₂-triazolyl, —CH₂OR₂₀, -acyl, —SOR₂₀, —SO₂R₂₀, —SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, —NR₂₁SO₂R₂₀, and halogen;

R₇, R₈, and R₉ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkylene substituted with furanyl;

R₁₀ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₆ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₆ alkyl)₂, and C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl

R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₂ are independently selected from H, —C₁₋₆ alkyl, —C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, —C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and —C₁₋₆ heteroalicyclyl;

p is an integer independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, and 2;

t is an integer selected from 1 or 2; and

n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, and 4.

In some embodiments of the compounds of formula (IIe), R and R_(3b) are hydrogen, R_(3a) is cyclopropyl, and R_(4a) is —CF₃.

Compounds disclosed herein may also comprise compounds of Formula (IIf):

-   -   or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates,         polymorphs, and stereoisomers thereof, wherein:

m, n and p are integers independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, and 2;

R is hydrogen or C₁₋₄ alkyl;

R₁ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy;

R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl;

or R and R₂ are combined to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring; or R₂ and R_(3a) are combined to form a substituted or unsubstituted fused ring;

R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3b) and R_(3c), are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉, or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or

R_(3b) and R_(4a) or R_(4b) are combined to form a fused ring, R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl;

R_(4b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, oxo, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —C(═O)R₁₀;

R_(5a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, oxo, —CN, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₅ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₈ heteroalicyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, —(CH₂)_(q)CO₂R₂₀, —(CH₂)_(q)CONR₂₀R₂₁, —(CH₂)_(q)SOR₂₀, —(CH₂)_(q)—SO₂R₂₀, —(CH₂)_(q) SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, and —(CH₂)_(q)NR₂₁SO₂R₂₀;

q is an integer selected from 0 or 1;

R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₂ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, or R₂₁ and R₂₂ are combined to form a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl;

R_(6a), R_(6b) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or R_(6a) and R_(6b) are taken together to form and oxo group or a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, or R_(6a) and R₁₃ are taken together to form a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₅ heteroalicyclyl;

R₁₀ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, —OH, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₆ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₆ alkyl)₂, and C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl;

R₁₃, if not to be taken together with R_(6a), is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, —(CR₈R₉)p-SO₂R₇ and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉;

B is a ring system selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and, C₂-C₉ bicyclic heteroalicyclyl;

D is a ring system selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl and, C₂-C₉ heteroalicyclyl;

and wherein whenever R₂ is hydrogen R₁ cannot be chloro, and with the proviso that the compound is not

Some embodiments relates to the compound according to Formula (IIf) wherein

R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy, and heteroaryl;

R_(4b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, oxo, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy;

R_(6a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, and C₁₋₆ haloalkoxy;

R_(6b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ alkoxy-C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkoxy, aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl

or R_(6a) and R_(6b) are taken together to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl,

or R_(6a) and R₁₃ are taken together to form a ring system selected from substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₅ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₃₋₅ heteroalicyclyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted;

R_(3b) and R_(3c), are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, —(CH₂)₁₋₄—C(═O)R₁₀, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or

R_(3b) and R_(4a) or R_(4b) are combined to form a fused ring.

In some embodiments compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), R_(3a) is methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl. When R_(3a) is cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl it may substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of methyl, chloro, and fluoro. When more than one substituent are present they may be bound to the same or separate carbon atom(s).

In some embodiments compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), R_(3b) and R_(3c) are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl.

In some embodiments compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), R_(3a) is methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl and R_(3b) and R_(3c) are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl.

In some embodiments compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), B is aryl or heteroaryl, for example phenyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, naphthyl and furanyl, unless otherwise specified. Some embodiments relates to B being phenyl, pyridyl or pyrimidyl.

In some embodiments compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), B is a 6-membered aryl, or a 6-membered heteroaryl substituted with R_(4a) in the para-position or meta-position, or a 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with R_(4a) in 2- or 3-position, unless otherwise specified. In some embodiments the 6-membered aryl is phenyl and the 6-membered heteroaryl is pyridyl or pyrimidyl. Some embodiments relate to R_(4a) being selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy and heteroaryl, for example isopropyl, —CN, ethoxy, CF₃, —OCF₃, and triazolyl. Some embodiments relate to R_(4b) being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, oxo, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy, and heteroaryl. Some embodiments relate to R_(4a) being selected from the group consisting of halogen, —CN, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy, for example isopropyl, —CF₃, —CHF₂, —OCF₃, and —OCHF₂ and R_(4b) being hydrogen.

In some embodiments compounds of Formulae (IIf), D is selected from the group consisting of aryl, such as phenyl; heteroaryl, such as pyridyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, such as cyclohexyl; and C₂₋₈ heteroalicyclyl, such as piperidyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl-1,1-dioxide, pyrrolidinyl, thianyl, and oxetanyl, all which may be substituted with one or more R_(5a). Some embodiments relates to R_(5a) being selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, such as methyl and ethyl; C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, such as methanol and ethanol; —(CH₂)_(q)—CN; oxo, —(CH₂)_(q)—CO₂R₂₀; —(CH₂)_(q)—C₁₋₆ alkoxy, such as methoxy and ethoxy and methoxyethyl; —(CH₂)_(q)-heteroaryl, such as —(CH₂—)_(q)-tetrazolyl, —(CH₂—)_(q)-imidazolyl, —(CH₂—)_(q)-triazolyl; —(CH₂—)_(q)—CONR₂₀R₂₁; —(CH₂—)_(q)—COR₂₀; —(CH₂—)_(q)—SO₂R₂₀; —(CH₂—)_(q)—NR₂₁SOR₂₀; —(CH₂—)_(q)—SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂;

R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₂ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, or R₂₁ and R₂₂ are combined to form a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl; and

q is an integer selected from 0 or 1.

As for any given group disclosed herein, the ring system D may comprise further hydrogen(s) than the one(s) provided by R_(5a) being hydrogen.

In some embodiments R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₂ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl, —CF₃, and —CHF₂,

In some embodiments according to Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), R₁₃ is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, —CN, C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, —(CH₂-)_(q)—CO₂H, —(CH₂—)_(q)—SO₂R₂₀, —(CH₂-)_(q)NR₂₁SO₂R₂₀ and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, or R₁₃ combined with the atom to which it is attached and an adjacent R_(5a) to form a C₃₋₅ cycloalkyl, or C₂₋₄ heteroalicyclyl.

In some embodiments compounds of Formula (I) or compounds of any one of Formulae (IIa-IIf), R_(6a) is hydrogen, or combined with R_(5a), R_(6b) or R₁₃ to form ring system such as a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl or C₂₋₅-heteroalicyclyl; R_(6b) is hydrogen, combined with R_(6a) to form ring system, or absent. In some embodiments both R_(6a) and R_(6b) are hydrogen.

In some embodiments according to Formula (IIf)

R is hydrogen; R₂ is selected from Cl or F; or R and R₂ are combined to form a pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine, 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine;

m is an integer selected from 0 and 1;

n is an integer selected from 0 and 1;

R_(3a) is methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl;

R_(3b) and R_(3c) are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl;

B is aryl or heteroaryl, for example phenyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, naphthyl and furanyl.

R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy and heteroaryl, for example CF₃, —CHF₂, —OCF₃, —OCHF₂, and triazolyl;

R_(4b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, oxo, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy, and heteroaryl.

D is selected from the group consisting of aryl, such as phenyl; heteroaryl, such as pyridyl, and pyrimidyl; C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl; and C₂₋₈ heteroalicyclyl, such as a mono-cyclic or a bridged C₂₋₈ heteroalicyclyl, such as piperidyl, tetrahydro-2H-pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyranyl-1,1-dioxide, oxetanyl, tropanyl and pyrrolidinyl, all which may be substituted with one or more R_(5a);

R_(5a) is selected from halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, such as methyl and ethyl; C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, such as methanol and ethanol; C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, such as —CF₃, —(CH₂)_(q)—CN; —(CH₂)_(q)-acyl; —(CH₂)_(q)—C₁₋₆ alkoxy, such as methoxy and ethoxy and methoxyethyl; —(CH₂)_(q)-heteroaryl, such as —(CH₂—)_(q)-tetrazolyl, —(CH₂—)_(q)-imidazolyl, —(CH₂—)_(q)—triazolyl; —(CH₂—)_(q)—CONR₂₀R₂₁; —(CH₂—)_(q)—COR₂₀; —(CH₂—)_(q)—SO₂R₂₀; —(CH₂—)_(q)—NR₂₁SOR₂₀; —(CH₂—)_(q)—SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂;

R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₂ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, or R₂₁ and R₂₂ are combined to form a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl; and

q is an integer selected from 0 or 1;

R₁₃ is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, —CN, C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, —(CH₂—)_(q)—SO₂R₂₀, —(CH₂—)_(q)—NR₂₁SO₂R₂₀ and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, or R₁₃ combined with the atom to which it is attached and an adjacent R_(5a) to form a C₃₋₅ cycloalkyl, or C₂₋₄ heteroalicyclyl; In some embodiments R₁₃ is absent or hydrogen;

R_(6a) is hydrogen, or combined with R_(5a), R_(6b) or R₁₃ to form ring system such as a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl or C₂₋₅-heteroalicyclyl; R_(6b) is hydrogen or absent; for example both R_(6a) and R_(6b) are hydrogen. In such embodiments, B may be phenyl or pyridyl. Further, B may be phenyl with R_(4a) in the para-position or meta-position, or a 6-membered heteroaryl substituted with R_(4a) in the para-position or meta-position, or a 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with R_(4a) in 2- or 3-position, wherein R_(4a) is selected from a group other than hydrogen.

According to one aspect disclosed herein are compounds of Formula (X)

or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs, and stereoisomers thereof, wherein:

Y₁ is NR or O;

Y₂ is N or C;

R is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl;

R₁ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, halogen, —CN, —NO₂, —NH₂, alkylamino, amide, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, carbonyl, thisocarbonyl, C amido, N amido, S-sulfonamido, N sulfonamide, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₉ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, halogen, —CN, —NO₂, —NH₂, alkylamino, amide, acyl, ester, O-carboxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, carbonyl, thisocarbonyl, C amido, N amido, S-sulfonamido, N sulfonamide, silyl, sulfenyl, sulfinyl, sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₉ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

or R and R₂ are combined to form a fused ring; or R₂ and R_(3a) are combined to form a fused ring;

R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R_(3b) and R_(3c), are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉; or R_(3b) and R_(3c) are combined to form an oxo group or a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or

R_(3b) and R_(4a) are combined to form a ring system; or

R_(3b) and R_(4b) are combined to form a ring system;

R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl;

R_(4b) is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —C(═O)R₁₀;

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of —(CR₈R₉)pOR₁₂, —(CR₈R₉)p-CR₁₃R₁₄R₁₅, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉; n, and p are integers independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4;

R_(6a), R_(6b) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;

R₇, R₈, R₉, and R₁₂, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl;

R₁₀ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, —NH₂, —NH(C₁₋₆ alkyl), —N(C₁₋₆ alkyl)₂, and C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl;

R₁₃ is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉;

R₁₄ and R₁₅ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or

R₁₄ and R₁₅ are combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;

A and B are independently of each other a ring system selected from the group consisting of mono- or bicyclic aryl, mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl, C₃₋₈ cycloalkenyl, and mono- or bicyclic C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl.—

In a related embodiment A is selected from the group consisting of Phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, thienyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, naphthyl, indolyl, iso-indolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, and oxazolyl. In yet a related embodiment A is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, and wherein R₁ is arranged in position 1 of the 6 membered ring, R₁ is arranged in position 4 of the 6 membered ring, Y₁ arranged in position 3 of the 6 membered ring, Y₂ arranged in position 5 of the 6 membered ring. In a related embodiment R₁ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —OH, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₄ alkenyl; and R₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy, —CN, —OH and —NO₂; or R and R₂ are combined to form a fused ring; In yet a related embodiment B is a ring system selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and bicyclic aryl or heteroalicyclyl, e.g. 11 or 12 membered bicyclic rings, e.g. benzazepine, benzazocines, benzimidazole, benzimidazoline, benzodioxin, benzodioxole, benzofuran, benzoisothiazole, benzothiadiazine, benzothiadiazole, benzothiazepine, benzothiazine, benzothiazole, benzothiophene, benzotriazole, benzoxadiazole, benzoxathiole, benzoxazepine, benzoxazine, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, benzodioxole, chromane, chromene, coumarin, cyclopentapyridine, cyclopentapyrimidine, diazanaphthalene, dioxolopyridine, dioxolopyrimidine, dihydrobenzodioxine, dihydrobenzooxathiine, furofuran, furopyridine, furopyridine, furopyrimidine, imidazopyridine, imidazopyrimidines, indane, indazole, indene, indole, indoline, indolizines, isobenzofuran, isochromenes, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, naphthalene, naphthyridine, oxathiolopyridine, oxathiolopyrimidine, oxazolopyridine, oxazolopyrimidine, pteridine, purine, pyranopyridine, pyranopyrimidine, pyrazolodiazepines, pyrazolopyridine, pyrazolopyrimidine, pyridobenzthiazine, pyridodiazepene, pyridooxazine, pyridopyrazine, pyridopyrimidine, pyridothiazine, pyrimidooxazine, pyrimidopyrimidine, pyrimidothiazine, pyrrolizine, pyrroloimidazole, pyrrolopyrazine, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolone, quinolizidine, quinoxaline, tetralin, thiazolopyridine, thiazolopyrimidine, thienodiazepine, thienopyridine, thienopyrimidine, thiochromane, thiochromene, thiopyranopyridine, thiopyranopyrimidine, triazolopyridazine, triazolopyridine or triazolopyrimidine.

In some embodiments whenever a halogen is specified as a substituent the halogen is selected from fluoro or chloro.

Specific examples of compounds are disclosed in Table 1 below.

TABLE 1 Example Compounds by Structure and Name. Ex. No. Structure Name T1

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[[4- (1H-tetrazol-5- ylmethyl)phenyl]methyl]-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine I1

2-[4-[[4-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7- yl]methyl]phenyl]acetamide x

N-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]cyclohexyl]- 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanesulfonamide A1

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(6- methyl-3-pyridyl)methyl]-N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A2

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A3

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[1-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A4

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6- [tetrahydrofuran-3-yl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A5

3-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydrofuran- 3-ol A6

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A7

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(1- methylsulfonyl-4- piperidyl)methyl]-N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A8

4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-1,1-dioxo-thian- 4-ol A9

N-cyclopropyl-4-[[[6- [cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]benzene- sulfonamide A11

1-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-1- piperidyl]ethanone A12

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6- (tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl)-N4- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A13

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl- [cyclopropyl-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A14

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetonitrile A15

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclobutyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A16

methyl 3-[[6-[[4-(2-amino-2-oxo- ethyl)phenyl]methyl]amino]-5- fluoro-pyrimidin-4-yl]- cyclopropyl-amino]-3-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl] propanoate A17

2-[4-[[[6-[[cyclobutyl-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]- cyclopropyl-amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A18

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropylmethyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A19

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A20

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[[4- (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl] amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A21

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-(3- thienylmethyl)-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A22

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]ethanol A23

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[[4- (1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]methyl]- N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A24

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[(6- methoxy-3-pyridyl)methyl]-N4- methyl-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A25

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[(6- methoxy-3-pyridyl)methyl]-N6- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A26

[3-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]oxetan-3- yl]methanol A27

1-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-N,N-dimethyl- cyclopentanecarboxamide A28

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4- (tetrahydrothiophen-2-ylmethyl)- N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A29

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[(4- methoxytetrahydropyran-4- yl)methyl]-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A30

4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydrothio- pyran-4-ol A31

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[[4- (methylsulfonylmethyl)tetrahydro pyran-4-yl]methyl]-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A32

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[(4- methylcyclohexyl)methyl]-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A33

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[(4- isopropylcyclohexyl)methyl]-N6- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A34

N6-cyclopropyl-N4-[(1,1- dioxothian-4-yl)methyl]-5-fluoro- N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A35

N6-cyclopropyl-N4-[(4,4-dioxo- 1,4-oxathian-2-yl)methyl]-5- fluoro-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A36

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]cyclohexyl] acetic acid A37

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[[4- (methylsulfonylmethyl)phenyl] methyl]-N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A38

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(2- methoxy-4-pyridyl)methyl]-N4- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl] methyl]pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A39

4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]benzonitrile A40

N6-benzyl-N4-cyclopropyl-5- fluoro-N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A41

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-(4- pyridylmethyl)-N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A42

2-[4-[[[6- [benzyl(cyclopropyl)amino]-5- fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A43

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(2- methoxycyclohexyl)methyl]-N4- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A44

1-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl-4,4-difluoro- cyclohexanol A45

5-fluoro-N6-[[4- (methylsulfonylmethyl)tetrahydro pyran-4-yl]methyl]-N4-(oxetan-3- yl)-N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A47

tert-butyl N-[2-[[6-[[4-(2-amino-2- oxo-ethyl)phenyl]methylamino]-5- fluoro-pyrimidin-4-yl]- cyclopropyl-amino]-2-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl] carbamate A49

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[[4- (methylsulfonylmethyl)tetrahydro pyran-4-yl]methyl]-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A52

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(4- pyrazol-1- ylphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrimidin- 4-yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A53

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[(4- isopropylphenyl)methyl]amino]-5- fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A54

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[(4- ethoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-5- fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A55

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[(3- methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-5- fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A56

[3-[[4-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7- yl]methyl]oxetan-3-yl]methanol A57

N-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]cyclohexyl]- 1,1,1-trifluoro- methanesulfonamide A58

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(3- pyrazol-1- ylphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrimidin- 4-yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A59

N-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] methanesulfonamide A60

N-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-1,1,1- trifluoro-methanesulfonamide A61

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[[4- (1H-tetrazol-5- ylmethyl)cyclohexyl]methyl]-N4- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A62

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]cyclohexyl] acetonitrile A63

N-[[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]methyl]methanesulfonamide A64

2-[4-[[[6-[(4-cyanophenyl)methyl- cyclopropyl-amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A65

2-[4-[[[6-[(2-chloro-6-fluoro- phenyl)methyl-cyclopropyl- amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A66

2-[4-[[[6-[(2-chlorophenyl)methyl- cyclopropyl-amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A67

2-[4-[[[6-[(2-chloro-6-methyl- phenyl)methyl-cyclopropyl- amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A68

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(5- methyl-2-propyl-pyrazol-3- yl)methyl]amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A69

4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-1- methylsulfonyl-piperidin-4-ol A72

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-1,1-dioxo-thian- 4-yl]acetic acid A73

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(1- methylsulfonyl-4- piperidyl)methyl]-N4-[1-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A74

N-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[1-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-1,1,1- trifluoro-methanesulfonamide A75

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[[4- (fluoromethyl)tetrahydropryan-4- yl]methyl]-N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A76

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(4- methylsulfinylphenyl)methyl]-N4- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A77

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[(2,6- dichlorophenyl)methyl]amino]-5- fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A78

2-[5-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-2- pyridyl]acetamide A79

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]acetic acid A80

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]-N-methyl-acetamide A81

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[1-[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]cyclo- propyl]amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A82

5-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-5- methyl-imidazolidine-2,4-dione A83

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[6- (trifluoromethyl)-3- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A84

N-cyano-4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]benzamide A85

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[5- (trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A88

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[(4- pyrazol-1-ylphenyl)methyl]-N6- [[4-(1H-tetrazol-5- ylmethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A89

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[(6- methylsulfonyl-3-pyridyl)methyl]- N-6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A90

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[(5- cyclopropyl-2-isopropyl-pyrazol- 3-yl)methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A91

N-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-1,1- difluoro-methanesulfonamide A92

2-[3-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]cyclobutyl] acetic acid A93

2-[4-[[[6-[(6-cyano-3- pyridyl)methyl-cyclopropyl- amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A95

2-[3-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]cyclobutyl] acetamide A96

3-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]cyclobutane- carboxamide A97

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[(6- isopropyl-3- pyridyl)methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A98

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[2- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5- yl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A99

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[6- (trifluoromethyl)pyridazin-3- yl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A100

N-[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4-yl]-1- methylsulfonyl-piperidine-4- carboxamide A101

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A102

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[3- (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A103

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[1-[6- (trifluoromethyl)-3- pyridyl]ethyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A104

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[1-[5- (trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]ethyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A105

N-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[6- (trifluoromethyl)-3- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]methyl] phenyl]-1,1-difluoro- methanesulfonamide A106

N-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[5- (trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-1,1- difluoro-methanesulfonamide A107

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]pheny]acetamide A108

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(6- methylsulfonyl-3-pyridyl)methyl]- N4-[[5-(trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A109

N-[5-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-3-fluoro-2- pyridyl]methanesulfonamide A110

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(6- methylsulfonyl-3-pyridyl)methyl]- N4-[[6-(trifluoromethyl)-3- pyridyl]methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A111

N-[5-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]pyrimidin-2- yl]methanesulfonamide A112

2-[5-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[6- (trifluoromethyl)-3- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]methyl]-2- pyridyl]acetamide A113

2-[5-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[5- (trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]methyl]-2- pyridyl]acetamide A114

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(5- methylsulfonyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]- N4-[[6-(trifluoromethyl)-3- pyridyl]methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A115

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(5- methylsulfonyl-2-pyridyl)methyl]- N4-[[5-(trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A118

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl(1- naphthylmethyl)amino]pyrimidin- 4-yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A119

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[(1- methylpyrazol-4- yl)methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A120

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[(6-methoxy-2- naphthyl)methyl-methyl- amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A121

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl(2- naphthylmethyl)amino]pyrimidin- 4-yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A122

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[[2- (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl] amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A123

2-[4-[[[6-[ethyl-[(1-ethyl-3- methyl-pyrazol-4- yl)methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A124

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(5- methyl-2-propyl-pyrazol-3- yl)methyl]amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A125

2-[4-[[[6-[1-(2,4-dimethylthiazol- 5-yl)ethyl-methyl-amino]-5- fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A126

2-[4-[[[6-[1,3-benzodioxol-4- ylmethyl(ethyl)amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A127

2-[4-[[[6-[[3- (difluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl- methyl-amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A128

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[[3- (trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]methyl] amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A129

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A130

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[3-(3- pyridyl)phenyl]methyl]amino]-5- fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A131

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[1-(1- naphthyl)ethyl]amino]pyrimidin- 4-yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A132

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(4- pyrazol-1- ylphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrimidin- 4-yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]ethanol A133

5-fluoro-N6-methyl-N4-[[4- (methylsulfonylmethyl)tetrahydro pyran-4-yl]methyl-N6-[(4- pyrazol-1-ylphenyl)methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A134

5-fluoro-N6-methyl-N6-[(4- pyrazol-1-ylphenyl)methyl]-N4- [[4-(1H-tetrazol-5- yl)phenyl]methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A135

4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(4- pyrazol-1- ylphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrimidin- 4-yl]amino]methyl]benzene- sulfonamide A136

4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(4- pyrazol-1-ylphenyl)methyl] amino]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino] methyl]-N-(2- methoxyethyl)benzenesulfonamide A137

4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(4- pyrazol-1- ylphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrimidin- 4-yl]amino]methyl]benzene- sulfonic acid A138

2-[4-[[[6-[(2,4- dimethylphenyl)methyl-methyl- amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A139

2-[4-[[[6-[(2,4- dimethoxyphenyl)methyl-methyl- amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A140

4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(3- pyrazol-1-ylphenyl)methyl] amino]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino] methyl]-1,1-dioxo-thian-4-ol A141

5-fluoro-N6-methyl-N6-[(3- pyrazol-1-ylphenyl)methyl]-N4- (tetrahydropyran-4- ylmethyl)pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A142

1,1,1-trifluoro-N-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6- [methyl-[(3-pyrazol-1- ylphenyl)methyl]amino]pyrimidin- 4-yl]amino]methyl]cyclohexyl] methanesulfonamide A143

5-fluoro-N6-methyl-N4-[(1- methylsulfonyl-4- piperidyl)methyl]-N6-[(3-pyrazol- 1-ylphenyl)methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A144

5-fluoro-N6-methyl-N4-[[4- (methylsulfonylmethyl)phenyl] methyl]-N6-[(3-pyrazol-1- ylphenyl)methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A145

2-[4-[[[6-[2,3-dihydro-1,4- benzodioxin-3- ylmethyl(ethyl)amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A147

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[2- (4-methylsulfonylphenyl)ethyl]- N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A148

5-fluoro-N4-methyl-N4-[(5- methyl-2-propyl-pyrazol-3- yl)methyl]-N6-[(1-methylsulfonyl- 4-piperidyl)methyl]pyrimidine- 4,6-diamine A149

N6-[[1-(difluoromethylsulfonyl)- 4-piperidyl]methyl]-5-fluoro-N4- methyl-N4-[(5-methyl-2-propyl- pyrazol-3-yl)methyl]pyrimidine- 4,6-diamine A150

2-[4-[[[5-fluoro-6-[methyl-[(5- methyl-2-propyl-pyrazol-3- yl)methyl]amino]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetic acid A151

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]-N-(2- dimethylaminoethyl)acetamide A152

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]-N-(1-methylpyrrolidin-3- yl)acetamide A153

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]-N-[3- (dimethylamino)propyl]acetamide A154

2-[[2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]acetyl]amino]acetic acid A155

3-[[2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran- 4-yl]acetyl]amin]propanoic acid A156

2-[4-[[[6-[(4-chloro-3-methoxy- phenyl)methyl-cyclopropyl- amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A157

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(6- methylpyridazin-3-yl)methyl]-N4- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A158

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(1- methylsulfonylpyrrolidin-3- yl)methyl]-N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A159

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(5- methylpyrazin-2-yl)methyl]-N4- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A160

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(1- methylsulfonylazetidin-3- yl)methyl]-N4-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A161

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[3-(1,2,4- triazol-1- yl)phenyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A162

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[(3-oxo- 4H-1,4-benzoxazin-7- yl)methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A163

2-[4-[[[6-[(3-cyanophenyl)methyl- cyclopropyl-amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]methyl] phenyl]acetamide A164

2-[4-[[[7-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A165

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[1- (1-methylsulfonyl-4- piperidyl)cyclopropyl]-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A166

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[(1- methylsulfonylpyrrolidin-3- yl)methyl]-N6-[[5- (trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A167

cyclopropyl-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl- [[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-1- piperidyl]methanone A168

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[2- hydroxy-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A169

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-(6- methylsulfonyl-6- azaspiro[2.5]octan-2-yl)-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A170

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[2- (trifluoromethyl)-4- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A171

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4- [[(1S,5R)-8-methylsulfonyl-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3- yl]methyl]-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A172

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-(6- methylsulfonyl-6- azaspiro[2.4]heptan-2-yl)-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A173

N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N6-[(1- methylsulfonylazetidin-3- yl)methyl]-N4-[[5- (trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A174

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[(3- methylsulfonyl-3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-5- yl)methyl]-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A175

N6-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-(2- methylsulfonyl-3,3a,4,5,6,6a- hexahydro-1H- cyclopenta[c]pyrrol-4-yl)-N6-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] pyrimidine-4,6-diamine A176

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[6- (trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A177

2-[6-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-3- pyridyl]acetamide A178

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)-2- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl] acetamide A179

2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[6- (difluoromethyl)-3- pyridyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro- pyrimidin-5- yl]amino]methyl]phenyl]acetamide A180

N6-cyclohexyl-N6-[(2,5- dimethylpyrazol-3-yl)methyl]-5- fluoro-N4-[(1-methylsulfonyl-4- piperidyl)methyl]pyrimidine-4,6- diamine A181

(3R)-3-[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]-5-phenyl-pentanoic acid A182

(3S)-3-[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]-3-phenyl-propanoic acid A183

2-[4-[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]tetrahydropyran-4- yl]acetic acid A184

3-[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]-2-tetrahydropyran-4-yl- propanoic acid A185

2-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl] amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4- yl]amino]methyl]-3- tetrahydropyran-4-yl-propanoic acid

In a related aspect there is provided a prodrug of a compound of Formula (I) as described herein.

Pharmaceutical Compositions

In another aspect, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising physiologically acceptable surface active agents, carriers, diluents, excipients, smoothing agents, suspension agents, film forming substances, and coating assistants, or a combination thereof; and a compound of Formula (I) as disclosed herein. The compound of Formula (I) included in the pharmaceutical composition may also be any compound of the preferred embodiments described above. In another aspect, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising physiologically acceptable surface active agents, carriers, diluents, excipients, smoothing agents, suspension agents, film forming substances, and coating assistants, or a combination thereof; and a compound of any one of Formulae (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (IId) as disclosed herein. Acceptable carriers or diluents, as well as other additives to be combined with a compound of Formula (I) as disclosed herein to provide a pharmaceutical composition, for therapeutic use are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Preservatives, stabilizers, dyes, sweeteners, fragrances, flavoring agents, taste masking agents, and the like may be provided in the pharmaceutical composition. For example, sodium benzoate, ascorbic acid and esters of p-hydroxybenzoic acid may be added as preservatives. In addition, antioxidants and suspending agents may be used. In various embodiments, alcohols, esters, sulfated aliphatic alcohols, and the like may be used as surface active agents; sucrose, glucose, lactose, starch, crystallized cellulose, mannitol, light anhydrous silicate, magnesium aluminate, magnesium methasilicate aluminate, synthetic aluminum silicate, calcium carbonate, sodium acid carbonate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, and the like may be used as excipients; magnesium stearate, talc, hardened oil and the like may be used as smoothing agents; coconut oil, olive oil, sesame oil, peanut oil, soya may be used as suspension agents or lubricants; cellulose acetate phthalate as a derivative of a carbohydrate such as cellulose or sugar, or methylacetate-methacrylate copolymer as a derivative of polyvinyl may be used as suspension agents; and plasticizers such as ester phthalates and the like may be used as suspension agents.

The term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a mixture of a compound disclosed herein with other chemical components, such as diluents or carriers. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to, oral, injection, aerosol, parenteral, and topical administration. Pharmaceutical compositions can also be obtained by reacting compounds with inorganic or organic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like. Similar, pharmaceutical compositions can also be obtained by reacting compounds with inorganic or organic bases, such as ammonia, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like.

The term “carrier” defines a chemical compound that facilitates the incorporation of a compound into cells or tissues. For example dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) is a commonly utilized carrier as it facilitates the uptake of many organic compounds into the cells or tissues of an organism.

The term “diluent” defines chemical compounds diluted in water that will dissolve the compound of interest as well as stabilize the biologically active form of the compound. Salts dissolved in buffered solutions are utilized as diluents in the art. One commonly used buffered solution is phosphate buffered saline because it mimics the salt conditions of human blood. Since buffer salts can control the pH of a solution at low concentrations, a buffered diluent rarely modifies the biological activity of a compound.

The term “physiologically acceptable” defines a carrier or diluent that does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound.

The pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be administered to a human patient per se, or in pharmaceutical compositions where they are mixed with other active ingredients, as in combination therapy, or suitable carriers or excipient(s). Techniques for formulation and administration of the compounds of the instant application may be found in “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences,” Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 18th edition, 1990.

Suitable routes of administration may, for example, include oral, rectal, transmucosal, topical, or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections. The compounds can also be administered in sustained or controlled release dosage forms, including depot injections, osmotic pumps, pills, transdermal (including electrotransport) patches, and the like, for prolonged and/or timed, pulsed administration at a predetermined rate.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or tabletting processes.

Pharmaceutical compositions for use as described herein may be formulated in conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Any of the well-known techniques, carriers, and excipients may be used as suitable and as understood in the art; e.g., in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, above.

Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, mannitol, lactose, lecithin, albumin, sodium glutamate, cysteine hydrochloride, and the like. In addition, if desired, the injectable pharmaceutical compositions may contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting agents, pH buffering agents, and the like. Physiologically compatible buffers include, but are not limited to, Hanks's solution, Ringer's solution, or physiological saline buffer. If desired, absorption enhancing preparations (for example, liposomes), may be utilized.

For transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated may be used in the formulation.

Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion, include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or other organic oils such as soybean, grapefruit or almond oils, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.

For oral administration, the compounds can be formulated readily by combining the active compounds with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art. Such carriers enable the compounds disclosed herein to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions and the like, for oral ingestion by a patient to be treated. Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are, in particular, fillers such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; cellulose preparations such as, for example, maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, gum tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). If desired, disintegrating agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate. Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.

Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In addition, stabilizers may be added. All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration.

For buccal administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.

For administration by inhalation, the compounds for use as described herein are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebulizer, with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges of, e.g., gelatin for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.

Further disclosed herein are various pharmaceutical compositions well known in the pharmaceutical art for uses that include intraocular, intranasal, and intraauricular delivery. Suitable penetrants for these uses are generally known in the art. Topical ophthalmic compositions may be formulated as a solution in water buffered at a pH of 5.0 to 8.0. Other ingredients that may be desirable to use in the ophthalmic preparations include preservatives (such as benzalkonium chloride, stabilized oxychloro complex, which is sold as Purite™, or stabilized chlorine dioxide), cosolvents (such as polysorbate 20, 60 and 80, Pluronic® F-68, F-84 and P-103, cyclodextrin, or Solutol) and viscosity-building agents (such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, or hydroxypropyl cellulose). The compounds disclosed herein may also be used in an intraocular implant as described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,931,909 which is hereby incorporated by reference. Pharmaceutical compositions for intraocular delivery include aqueous ophthalmic solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form, such as eyedrops, or in gellan gum (Shedden et al., Clin. Ther., 23(3):440-50 (2001)) or hydrogels (Mayer et al., Ophthalmologica, 210(2):101-3 (1996)); ophthalmic ointments; ophthalmic suspensions, such as microparticulates, drug-containing small polymeric particles that are suspended in a liquid carrier medium (Joshi, A., J. Ocul. Pharmacol., 10(1):29-45 (1994)), lipid-soluble formulations (Alm et al., Prog. Clin. Biol. Res., 312:447-58 (1989)), and microspheres (Mordenti, Toxicol. Sci., 52(1):101-6 (1999)); and ocular inserts. All of the above-mentioned references, are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Such suitable pharmaceutical formulations for intraocular delivery are most often and preferably formulated to be sterile, isotonic and buffered for stability and comfort. Pharmaceutical compositions for intranasal delivery may also include drops and sprays often prepared to simulate in many respects nasal secretions to ensure maintenance of normal ciliary action. As disclosed in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. (1990), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, and well-known to those skilled in the art, suitable formulations are most often and preferably isotonic, slightly buffered to maintain a pH of 5.5 to 6.5, and most often and preferably include antimicrobial preservatives and appropriate drug stabilizers. Pharmaceutical formulations for intraauricular delivery include suspensions and ointments for topical application in the ear. Common solvents for such aural formulations include glycerin and water.

The compounds disclosed herein may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.

In addition to the formulations described previously, the compounds may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.

For hydrophobic compounds, a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be a cosolvent system comprising benzyl alcohol, a nonpolar surfactant, a water-miscible organic polymer, and an aqueous phase. A common cosolvent system used is the VPD co-solvent system, which is a solution of 3% w/v benzyl alcohol, 8% w/v of the nonpolar surfactant Polysorbate 80™, and 65% w/v polyethylene glycol 300, made up to volume in absolute ethanol. Naturally, the proportions of a co-solvent system may be varied considerably without destroying its solubility and toxicity characteristics. Furthermore, the identity of the co-solvent components may be varied: for example, other low-toxicity nonpolar surfactants may be used instead of POLYSORBATE 80™; the fraction size of polyethylene glycol may be varied; other biocompatible polymers may replace polyethylene glycol, e.g., polyvinyl pyrrolidone; and other sugars or polysaccharides may substitute for dextrose.

Alternatively, other delivery systems for hydrophobic pharmaceutical compounds may be employed. Liposomes and emulsions are well known examples of delivery vehicles or carriers for hydrophobic drugs. Certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide also may be employed. Additionally, the compounds may be delivered using a sustained-release system, such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the therapeutic agent. Various sustained-release materials have been established and are well known by those skilled in the art. Sustained-release capsules may, depending on their chemical nature, release the compounds for a few weeks up to over 100 days. Depending on the chemical nature and the biological stability of the therapeutic reagent, additional strategies for protein stabilization may be employed.

Agents intended to be administered intracellularly may be administered using techniques well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, such agents may be encapsulated into liposomes. All molecules present in an aqueous solution at the time of liposome formation are incorporated into the aqueous interior. The liposomal contents are both protected from the external micro-environment and, because liposomes fuse with cell membranes, are efficiently delivered into the cell cytoplasm. The liposome may be coated with a tissue-specific antibody. The liposomes will be targeted to and taken up selectively by the desired organ. Alternatively, small hydrophobic organic molecules may be directly administered intracellularly.

Additional therapeutic or diagnostic agents may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical compositions. Alternatively or additionally, pharmaceutical compositions may be combined with other compositions that contain other therapeutic or diagnostic agents.

Uses

The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein as described above may be used to modulate the activity of a retinoic acid receptor-related orphan receptor (ROR), such as a RORα, RORP and/or RORγ (RORc) receptor. Modulators of RORγ have been reviewed by B. Fauber and S. Magnuson in J. Med. Chem., Feb. 6, 2014, which hereby is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Examples of RORγ receptors are RORγ1 and RORγt receptors. The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described above may also display selective modulation of a particular ROR receptor relative to a different ROR receptor. For example, according to some embodiments disclosed herein some compounds or pharmaceutical compositions modulate the activity of an RORγ receptor to a larger extent than they modulate the activity of RORα and/or RORP receptors.

The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may also be used to modulate the activity of regulatory T cells (Tregs).

The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may also be used to modulate the activity of cells producing IL17 in a RORγt dependent manner, for example, γδT cells, Th17 cells and ILC3 cells.

Publications providing useful background information are Arthritis & Rheumatism, 2014, 66, 579-588; Curr Top Microbial Immun, 2014, 378, 171-182; Drug Disc. Today, 2014, May; Nature Rev. Drug Disc. 2012, 11, 763-776, and Nature Rev. Drug Disc., 2014, 13, 197-216, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions as described herein and above may also be used in therapy or may be used to treat inflammatory, metabolic, oncologic and autoimmune diseases or disorders. Examples of such diseases or disorders are inflammatory, metabolic, oncologic and autoimmune diseases or disorders mediated or affected by IL17 and/or RORγ (RORc). The role of RORγ in the pathogenesis of autoimmune or inflammatory diseases has been disclosed in Immunity 2007, 26, 643-654; Nat. Rev. Immunol. 2006, 6, 205-217; J. Immunol. 2009, 183, 7169-7177; Brain Pathol. 2004, 14, 164-174; Brain 2007, 130, 1089-1104; and Nat Rev. Immunol. 2008, 8, 183-192 all of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

More specific examples of diseases or disorders include asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), bronchitis, atherosclerosis, Helicobacter pylori infection, allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis and uveitis, sprue and food allergy, atopic dermatitis, cystic fibrosis, lung allograph rejection, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, steatosis, steatohepatitis, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, pancreatitis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune ocular disease, ulcerative colitis, colitis, Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), inflammatory bowel syndrome (IBS), Sjogren's syndrome, optic neuritis, type I diabetes, neuromyelitis optica, Myasthenia Gravis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Graves' disease, scleritis, obesity, obesity-induced insulin resistance and type II diabetes and cancer.

More specifically, compounds or pharmaceutical compositions having an antagonistic or inverse agonistic effect on RORγ may be used to reduce levels of IL17 and/or other gene products, such as interleukins, and cytokines, regulated RORγ. This may for example be in subjects suffering from for example, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), bronchitis, atherosclerosis, Helicobacter pylori infection, allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis and uveitis, sprue and food allergy, atopic dermatitis, cystic fibrosis, lung allograph rejection, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, steatosis, steatohepatitis, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, pancreatitis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune ocular disease, ulcerative colitis, colitis, Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), inflammatory bowel syndrome (IBS), Sjogren's syndrome, optic neuritis, type I diabetes, neuromyelitis optica, Myasthenia Gravis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Graves' disease, scleritis, obesity, obesity-induced insulin resistance and type II diabetes.

Conversely, compounds or pharmaceutical compositions having an agonistic effect on RORγ may be used to increase IL17 levels. Increasing IL17 levels may be particularly useful in immune compromised conditions or boosting the immune system response for example during infections and in cancer.

Methods of Administration

The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions may be administered to the patient by any suitable means. Non-limiting examples of methods of administration include, among others, (a) administration though oral pathways, which administration includes administration in capsule, tablet, granule, spray, syrup, or other such forms; (b) administration through non-oral pathways such as rectal, vaginal, intraurethral, intraocular, intranasal, or intraauricular, which administration includes administration as an aqueous suspension, an oily preparation or the like or as a drip, spray, suppository, salve, ointment or the like; (c) administration via injection, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intradermally, intraorbitally, intracapsularly, intraspinally, intrasternally, or the like, including infusion pump delivery; (d) administration locally such as by injection directly in the renal or cardiac area, e.g., by depot implantation, by intratumoral injection, or by intra-lymph node injection; (e) administration topically; as well as as well as (f) administration to cells ex vivo followed by insertion of said cells into the patient; as deemed appropriate by those of skill in the art for bringing the compound disclosed herein into contact with living tissue.

Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration include compositions where the active ingredients are contained in an amount effective to achieve its intended purpose. The therapeutically effective amount of the compounds disclosed herein required as a dose will depend on the route of administration, the type of animal, including mammal, e.g. human, being treated, and the physical characteristics of the specific animal under consideration. The dose can be tailored to achieve a desired effect, but will depend on such factors as weight, diet, concurrent medication and other factors which those skilled in the medical arts will recognize. More specifically, a therapeutically effective amount means an amount of compound effective to prevent, alleviate or ameliorate symptoms of disease or prolong the survival of the subject being treated. Determination of a therapeutically effective amount is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.

As will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art, the useful in vivo dosage to be administered and the particular mode of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight and mammalian species treated, the particular compounds employed, and the specific use for which these compounds are employed. The determination of effective dosage levels, that is the dosage levels necessary to achieve the desired result, can be accomplished by one skilled in the art using routine pharmacological methods. Typically, human clinical applications of products are commenced at lower dosage levels, with dosage level being increased until the desired effect is achieved. Alternatively, acceptable in vitro studies can be used to establish useful doses and routes of administration of the compositions identified by the present methods using established pharmacological methods.

In non-human animal studies, applications of potential products are commenced at higher dosage levels, with dosage being decreased until the desired effect is no longer achieved or adverse side effects disappear. The dosage may range broadly, depending upon the desired effects and the therapeutic indication.

Typically, dosages may be between about 10 microgram/kg and 100 mg/kg body weight, preferably between about 100 microgram/kg and 10 mg/kg body weight. Alternatively dosages may be based and calculated upon the surface area of the patient, as understood by those of skill in the art.

The exact formulation, route of administration and dosage for the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein can be chosen by the individual physician in view of the patient's condition. (See e.g., Fingl et al. 1975, in “The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics”, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, with particular reference to Ch. 1, p. 1). Typically, the dose range of the composition administered to the patient can be from about 0.5 to 1000 mg/kg of the patient's body weight. The dosage may be a single one or a series of two or more given in the course of one or more days, as is needed by the patient. In instances where human dosages for compounds have been established for at least some condition, those same dosages may be used, or dosages that are between about 0.1% and 500%, more preferably between about 25% and 250% of the established human dosage. Where no human dosage is established, as will be the case for newly-discovered pharmaceutical compounds, a suitable human dosage can be inferred from ED₅₀ or ID₅₀ values, or other appropriate values derived from in vitro or in vivo studies, as qualified by toxicity studies and efficacy studies in animals.

It should be noted that the attending physician would know how to and when to terminate, interrupt, or adjust administration due to toxicity or organ dysfunctions. Conversely, the attending physician would also know to adjust treatment to higher levels if the clinical response were not adequate (precluding toxicity). The magnitude of an administrated dose in the management of the disorder of interest will vary with the severity of the condition to be treated and to the route of administration. The severity of the condition may, for example, be evaluated, in part, by standard prognostic evaluation methods. Further, the dose and perhaps the dose frequency will also vary according to the age, body weight, and response of the individual patient. A program comparable to that discussed above may be used in veterinary medicine.

Although the exact dosage will be determined on a drug-by-drug basis, in most cases, some generalizations regarding the dosage can be made. The daily dosage regimen for an adult human patient may be, for example, an oral dose of between 0.1 mg and 2000 mg of each active ingredient, preferably between 1 mg and 500 mg, e.g. 5 to 200 mg. An ocular eye drop may range in concentration between 0.005 and 5 percent. In one embodiment, an eye drop may range between 0.01 and 1 percent, or between 0.01 and 0.3 percent in another embodiment. In other embodiments, an intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular dose of each active ingredient of between 0.01 mg and 100 mg, preferably between 0.1 mg and 60 mg, e.g. 1 to 40 mg is used. In cases of administration of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, dosages may be calculated as the free base. In some embodiments, the composition is administered 1 to 4 times per day. Alternatively the compositions disclosed herein may be administered by continuous intravenous infusion, preferably at a dose of each active ingredient up to 1000 mg per day. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, in certain situations it may be necessary to administer the compounds disclosed herein in amounts that exceed, or even far exceed, the above-stated, preferred dosage range or frequency in order to effectively and aggressively treat particularly aggressive diseases or infections. In some embodiments, the compounds will be administered for a period of continuous therapy, for example for a week or more, or for months or years.

Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma or tissue levels of the active moiety which are sufficient to maintain the modulating effects, or minimal effective concentration (MEC). The MEC will vary for each compound but can be estimated from in vitro data. Dosages necessary to achieve the MEC will depend on individual characteristics and route of administration. However, HPLC assays or bioassays can be used to determine plasma concentrations.

Dosage intervals can also be determined using MEC value. Compositions should be administered using a regimen which maintains plasma levels above the MEC for 10-90% of the time, preferably between 30-90% and most preferably between 50-90%.

In cases of local or ex vivo administration or selective uptake, the effective local concentration of the drug may not be related to plasma concentration.

The amount of composition administered may be dependent on the subject being treated, on the subject's weight, the severity of the affliction, the manner of administration and the judgment of the prescribing physician.

Compounds disclosed herein can be evaluated for efficacy and toxicity using known methods. For example, the toxicology of a particular compound, or of a subset of the compounds, sharing certain chemical moieties, may be established by determining in vitro toxicity towards a cell line, such as a mammalian, and preferably human, cell line. The results of such studies are often predictive of toxicity in animals, such as mammals, or more specifically, humans. Alternatively, the toxicity of particular compounds in an animal model, such as mice, rats, rabbits, or monkeys, may be determined using known methods. The efficacy of a particular compound may be established using several recognized methods, such as in vitro methods, animal models, or human clinical trials. Recognized in vitro models exist for nearly every class of condition, including but not limited to cancer, cardiovascular disease, and various immune dysfunction. Similarly, acceptable animal models may be used to establish efficacy of chemicals to treat such conditions. When selecting a model to determine efficacy, the skilled artisan can be guided by the state of the art to choose an appropriate model, dose, and route of administration, and regime. Of course, human clinical trials can also be used to determine the efficacy of a compound in humans.

The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack may for example comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. The pack or dispenser may also be accompanied with a notice associated with the container in form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of the form of the drug for human or veterinary administration. Such notice, for example, may be the labeling approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for prescription drugs, or the approved product insert. Compositions comprising a compound disclosed herein formulated in a compatible pharmaceutical carrier may also be prepared, placed in an appropriate container, and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 illustrates the TAMRA-labelled probe.

FIG. 2 illustrates the characterisation of the Fluorescence Polarization (FP) assay with the TAMRA-labelled probe used in the FP assay

GENERAL REMARKS

As described above with reference to specific illustrative embodiments, it is not intended to be limited to the specific form set forth herein. Any combination of the above mentioned embodiments should be appreciated as being within the scope of the invention. Rather, the invention is limited only by the accompanying claims and other embodiments than the specific above are equally possible within the scope of these appended claims.

In the claims, the term “comprises/comprising” does not exclude the presence of other species or steps. Additionally, although individual features may be included in different claims, these may possibly advantageously be combined, and the inclusion in different claims does not imply that a combination of features is not feasible and/or advantageous. In addition, singular references do not exclude a plurality. The terms “a”, “an”, “first”, “second” etc. do not preclude a plurality. The phrases “at least one” or “one or more” refer to 1 or a number greater than 1, such as to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.

Whenever a chemical name or structure has been given it has been generated by conventional means or by means of a suitable software such as ChemDraw Ultra 8.0.7 or Accelrys Draw 4.0 .NET.

Experimental

The following examples are mere examples and should by no mean be interpreted to limit the scope of the invention. Rather, the invention is limited only by the accompanying claims.

General Chemical Procedures

Unless otherwise stated, starting materials were obtained from commercial suppliers, such as (but not limited to); ABchem, ABCR, Alfa Aesar, Anaspec, Anichem, Apollo Scientific, ASDI-Inter, Asiba Pharmatech, Astatech, Bachem, Chem-Impex, ChemCollect, Chembridge, Combi-Blocks, Enamine, Fluka, Fluorochem, Frontier Scientific, HDH Pharma, InFarmatik, InterBioScreen, Life Chemicals, Manchester organics, Matrix, MercaChem, NetChem, Oakwood Chemical, PepTech, Pharmcore, PrincetonBio, Sigma-Aldrich, TRC, Tyger Scientific and Ukrorgsyn. N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and dichloromethane (DCM) were dried over molecular sieves. Analytical HPLC was performed on a Waters Acquity systemusing a C18 reverse phase column (Merck Chromolith Speedrod RP-18E) with a linear gradient of the binary solvent system water/acetonitrile/formic acid (A: 100/0/0.1% and B: 0/100/0.1%) with a flow rate of 3.0 mL/min and UV detection at 254 nm at ambient temperature, combined with MS detection on a Waters Micromass QZ Quadrupole Mass Spectrometer instrument using electron spray ionization, or on a Shimadzu Nexera X2 system using a C18 reverse phase column (Acquity UPLC BEH C18 1.7 μm, 2.1×50 mm), with a linear gradient of the binary solvent system water/methanol/formic acid (A: 100/0/0.1% and B: 0/100/0.1%) with a flow rate of 0.78 mL/min and UV detection at 254 nm, combined with MS detecting on a Shimadzu LCMS-2020 Spectrometer instrument using electron spray ionization. Preparative HPLC was performed on a Waters Acquity system using a C18 reverse phase column (Supelco ASCENTIS C18 581358-U, 15 cm×21.2 mm), with a linear gradient of the binary solvent system water/acetonitrile/formic acid (A: 100/0/0.1% and B: 0/100/0.1%) with a flow rate of 15 mL/min and UV detection at 254 nm, combined with MS detection on a Waters Micromass QZ Quadrupole Mass Spectrometer instrument using electron spray ionization. Chiral resolution was performed on a Lux Cellulose2 (250×21 mm) column using a mobile phase of 0.2% diethyamine in hexane/ethanol, with a flow of 20 mL/min and UV detection at 290 nm. ¹H NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance 300 spectrometer (at 300 MHz), using CD₃OD, CDCl₃ or DMSO-d6 solvents. Chemical shifts are reported in ppm (δ) using residual solvent as an internal standard; CDCl₃: 7.26 ppm; CD₃OD: 3.31; DMSO-d₆: 2.50 ppm. Coupling constants (J) are given in Hz.

Synthetic Methods

The compounds disclosed herein may be made by one of the following four general methods. Further, additional guidance for preparing building blocks to be used in providing compounds disclosed herein is present in the co-pending international application also claiming priority from SE 1450920-2 and SE 1451406-1.

A compound containing a free amino group 1a, e.g. N-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]cyclopropanamine, was coupled to a fluorinated aromatic compound 1b, e.g. 4,5,6-trifluoro-pyrimidine, upon treatment with a suitable base in an appropriate solvent, e.g. N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) or cesium carbonate in dry DMSO or dioxane. Conversion to 1c was typically achieved after stirring at room temperature (i.e. 20-25° C.) overnight. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The desired product was obtained upon work-up, e.g. by extraction with EtOAc, washing with water at a suitable pH and brine, drying over an appropriate drying agent, e.g. Na₂SO₄, and purification by flash column chromatography (CC) using an appropriate eluent combination on a suitable column material, e.g. heptane/EtOAc or DCM/MeOH on silica gel, or recrystallization from a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, e.g. toluene/heptane. Subsequent nucleophilic aromatic substitution of 1e with a building block containing a free amino group was achieved upon treatment with a suitable base in an appropriate solvent. An example of treatment conditions is cesium carbonate in dry DMSO under microwave irradiation during a period of time, e.g. at 80-150° C. for 1 hour. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The desired compound 1d was obtained upon work-up, for example by extraction with EtOAc, washing with water at a suitable pH and brine, drying over an appropriate drying agent, e.g. Na₂SO₄, and purification by flash column chromatography (CC) using an appropriate eluent combination on a suitable column material, e.g. heptane/EtOAc or DCM/MeOH on silica gel, or recrystallization from a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, e.g. toluene/heptane.

Use of General Method 1 to Prepare Example No. A5:

4,5,6-Trifluoro-pyrimidine (0.27 g, 2.0 mmol) and N-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]cyclopropanamine (0.43 g, 2.0 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMSO (4 mL) and DIPEA (0.7 mL, 4.0 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, poured into 3M aq. calcium chloride, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash CC (eluent: DCM/MeOH, on silica gel) yielding N-cyclopropyl-5,6-difluoro-N-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]pyrimidin-4-amine (0.50 g, 76% yield). 4,5-difluoro-6-[2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]pyrimidine (0.33 g, 1.0 mmol) and 3-(aminomethyl)tetrahydrofuran-3-ol (0.12 g, 1.0 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMSO (2 mL) and cesium carbonate (0.65 g, 2.0 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated in a microwave reactor for 1 hour at 100° C., poured into 3M aq. calcium chloride, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash CC (eluent: DCM/MeOH, on silica gel), yielding 3-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydrofuran-3-ol A5 (290 mg, 68% yield). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.94 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.25 (s, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.07-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.79 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.70-3.61 (m, 3H), 3.18-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.99 (m, 2H), 0.80 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 0.76-0.68 (m, 2H). m/z 427 (M+H).

General method 1 was used to prepare the following example numbers using the shown starting materials:

Fluorinated Ex. aromatic No. Free amine (1) Free amine (2) compound T1

X

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

A18

A19

A20

A21

A22

A23

A24

A25

A26

A27

A28

A29

A30

A31

A32

A33

A34

A35

A36

A37

A38

A39

A40

A41

A42

A43

A44

A45

A47

A49

A52

A53

A54

A55

A57

A58

A59

A60

A61

A62

A63

A64

A65

A66

A67

A68

A69

A72

A73

A74

A75

A76

A77

A78

A79

A82

A83

A85

A88

A89

A90

A91

A92

A93

A97

A98

A99

A101

A102

A103

A104

A105

A106

A107

A108

A109

A110

A111

A112

A113

A114

A115

A118

A119

A120

A121

A122

A123

A124

A125

A126

A127

A128

A129

A130

A131

A132

A133

A134

A135

A136

A137

A138

A139

A140

A141

A142

A143

A144

A145

A147

A148

A149

A150

A156

A157

A158

A159

A160

A161

A162

A163

A165

A166

A167

A168

A169

A170

A171

A172

A173

A174

A175

A176

A177

A178

A179

A180

A181

A182

A183

A184

A185

Synthesis of Selected Free Amines:

Dialkyl Amines were Synthesized Using the Following General Method 2:

A primary amine 2a, e.g. cyclopropanamine, was coupled to a carbonyl compound 2b, e.g. 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde, upon treatment with a suitable reducing agent, e.g. NaBH₃CN or NaBH(OAc)₃, in an appropriate solvent, e.g. DCM or tetrahydrofuran (THF), with addition of an appropriate acid, e.g. AcOH. Conversion to 2c was typically achieved after stirring at room temperature overnight. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The desired product was obtained upon work-up, e.g. by extraction with EtOAc, washing with water at a suitable pH and brine, drying over an appropriate drying agent, e.g. Na₂SO₄, and purification by flash column chromatography (CC) using an appropriate eluent combination on a suitable column material, e.g. heptane/EtOAc or DCM/MeOH on silica gel, or recrystallization from a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, e.g. toluene/heptane.

Example of Use of Method 2 to Prepare N-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]cyclopropanamine

Cyclopropanamine (202 mg, 2.0 mmol) and 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (348 mg, 2.0 mmol) were dissolved in 5 mL DCM and 2 drops of AcOH was added. The mixture was stirred for 15 min at rt, and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (424 mg, 4.0 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The mixture was poured into 1M HCl, washed with EtOAc, basicified with 4M NaOH, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash CC (eluent: Heptane/EtOAc, on silica gel), yielding N-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]cyclopropanamine (316 mg, 73%).

General method 2 was used to prepare the following dialkyl amines using the shown starting materials:

Primary amine Carbonyl

N-((2-(trifluoromethyl) pyrimidin-5-yl) methyl) cyclopropanamine

To a solution of 2-(trifluoromethyl) pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid (700 mg, 3.64 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (10 mL) at 0° C. was added borane dimethyl sulfide in THF (828 mg, 10.92 mmol, 3 eq), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH and stirred for another 3 hours at room temperature. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×75 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2×40 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash CC (eluent: EtOAc/Pet ether, on silica gel) to afford (2-(trifluoromethyl) pyrimidin-5-yl) methanol (Compound-2) (260 mg, 40%) as yellow liquid.

To a solution of (2-(trifluoromethyl) pyrimidin-5-yl) methanol (0.26 g, 1.46 mmol, 1 eq) in CH₂Cl₂ (10 mL) at 0° C. was added pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC, 0.53 g, 2.48 mmol, 1.0 eq), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL) and filtered through a pad of celite using CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL). The filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated to afford 2-(trifluoromethyl) pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (100 mg, 39%) as yellow liquid. The crude product was used as such without further purification.

To a solution of 2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (100 mg, 0.568 mmol, 1 eq) in CH₂Cl₂ (2 ml) was added cyclopropanamine (38 mg, 0.68 mmol, 1.2 eq), AcOH (0.5 ml), 4 Å molecular sieves powder (50 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then Na(OAc)₃BH (240 mg, 1.36 mmol, 2 eq) was added and stirring was continued at room temperature for 4 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was washed with saturated aq. NaHCO₃ (25 mL), water (25 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash CC (eluent: EtOAc/Pet ether, on silica gel) to afford N-((2-(trifluoromethyl) pyrimidin-5-yl) methyl) cyclopropanamine (100 mg, 81%) as pale yellow liquid.

[4-(1H-Tetrazol-5-ylmethyl)cyclohexyl]methanamine

To 4-[(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)methyl]cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (0.84 g, 3.2 mmol) a BH₃-THF solution in THF (16 mL, 1M) was slowly added. The reaction was allowed to stir for 2.5 hours, concentrated in vacuo and the residue was stirred with an aq. sodium hydroxide solution (1M, 30 mL) for 20 min. Ethyl acetate was added and the mixture was allowed to stir for another 10 min. The phases were separated, the EtOAc phase was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product thereof was purified by flash CC (eluent: EtOAc/heptane, on silica gel) yielding tert-butyl N-[[4 (hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methyl]carbamate (0.76 g, quant yield).

Tert-butyl N-[[4-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methyl]carbamate (0.60 g, 2.5 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (20 mL), Et₃N (1 mL) and methanesulfonyl chloride was the added to the solution, and the reaction was stirred over night at room temperature. Concentration under reduced pressure yielded a solid that was mixed with water and EtOAc. The EtOAc phase was separated and washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration in vacuo of the EtOAC phase gave a solid that was dissolved dry DMSO (10 mL). Potassium cyanide (0.36 g, 5.5 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated to 90° C. for 4 hours. The crude reaction was poured onto water and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash CC (eluent: EtOAc/heptane, on silica gel) yielding tert-butyl N-[[4-(cyanomethyl)cyclohexyl]methyl]carbamate (0.57 g, 88% yield).

To a solution of tert-butyl N-[[4-(cyanomethyl)cyclohexyl]methyl]carbamate (160 mg, 0.60 mmol) in nitrobenzene were added triethylammonium chloride (160 mg, 1.2 mmol) and sodium azide (91 mg, 1.4 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated to 105° C. for 11 hours using microwave irradiation. Some more sodium azide (40 mg, 0.7 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated for another 45 min at 105° C. with microwave irradiation. The reaction was extracted with water and the water phase was washed with ether, made acidic with 1M HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc phase was dried using sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo and finally purified by flash CC (eluent: EtOAc/heptane, on silica gel) yielding tert-butyl N-[[4-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylmethyl)cyclohexyl]methyl]carbamate (33 mg, 18% yield).

Tert-butyl N-[[4-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylmethyl)cyclohexyl]methyl]carbamate (33 mg, 0.11 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA, 1 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Concentration of the reaction mixture yielded [4-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylmethyl)cyclohexyl]methylammonium 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate that was used without further purification. Using an extra equivalent of the base in the General Method 1 gave [4-(1H-tetrazol-5-ylmethyl)cyclohexyl]methanamine in situ during the reaction.

N-((4-cyanotetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl)methanesulfonamide

To a solution of 4-(aminomethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonitrile (0.5 g, 3.57 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL) was added methane sulfonyl chloride (0.4 g, 3.57 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with saturated aq. citric acid (30 mL), water (30 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash CC (Eluent: EtOAc/Pet ether, on silica gel) to afford N-((4-cyanotetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl) methyl) methanesulfonamide (370 mg, 48%) as yellow liquid. A suspension of N-((4-cyanotetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl) methyl) methanesulfonamide (0.32 g, 1.46 mmol), Raney Ni (0.82 g, 9.54 mmol), NH₄OH (0.1 mL) in MeOH (6.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours under hydrogen atmosphere. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to afford N-((4-(aminomethyl) tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl) methyl) methanesulfonamide (200 mg, 62%). The crude product was used as such without further purification.

4-(aminomethyl)-1-(methylsulfonyl) piperidin-4-ol

To a solution of 1-(methylsulfonyl) piperidin-4-one (1 g, 5.64 mmol) in AcOH (10 mL) was added KCN (0.55 g, 8.57 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (75 mL) and washed with saturated aq. NaHCO₃ (40 mL), water (50 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash CC (Eluent: EtOAc/Pet ether, on silica gel) to afford 4-hydroxy-1-(methylsulfonyl) piperidine-4-carbonitrile (500 mg, 43%) as yellow liquid.

A suspension of 4-hydroxy-1-(methylsulfonyl) piperidine-4-carbonitrile (500 mg, 2.45 mmol), Raney Ni (1.35 g, 15.92 mmol), NH₄OH (0.12 mL) in MeOH (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours under hydrogen atmosphere. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was triturated with diethyl ether to afford 4-(aminomethyl)-1-(methylsulfonyl) piperidin-4-ol (200 mg, 39%) as a pale yellow syrup.

2-(5-(aminomethyl)pyridin-2-yl)acetamide

To a solution of 5-cyanopicolinic acid (1 g, 6.75 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) at −15° C. was added Et₃N (0.68 g, 6.75 mmol), ethyl chloro formate (0.73 g, 6.75 mmol), and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours at −15° C. Ether (15 mL), TMSCHN₂ (1.54 g, 13.5 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred overnight while returning to room temperature. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (75 mL), washed with water (50 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The diazaketone was dissolved in dioxane:H₂O (1:1) (10 mL), added AgCOOPh (cat), and the mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), acidified using iN HCl and extracted using EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by triturating with ether (10 mL) and pentane (50 mL) to afford 2-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl) acetic acid (350 mg, 32%) as yellow solid.

To a solution of 2-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)acetic acid (0.35 g, 2.16 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC, 0.82 g, 4.32 mmol), 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt, 0.58 g, 4.32 mmol), DIPEA (1.16 mL, 6.48 mmol), NH₄Cl (0.17 g, 3.24 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (40 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by flash CC (Eluent: MeOH/DCM) to afford 2-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl) acetamide (190 mg, 55%) as yellow solid.

A solution of 2-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl) acetamide (190 mg, 1.18 mmol), Raney Ni (0.65 g, 7.67 mmol), NH₄OH (0.05 vol) in MeOH (2 mL) was and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours under hydrogen atmosphere. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to afford 2-(5-(aminomethyl) pyridin-2-yl) acetamide (80 mg, 41%) as yellow solid.

(6-(methylsulfonyl) pyridin-3-yl) methanamine

A suspension of 6-(methylsulfonyl) nicotinonitrile (500 mg, 2.74 mmol), Raney Ni (1.51 g, 17.85 mmol), NH₄OH (0.12 mL) in MeOH (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours under hydrogen atmosphere. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to afford (6-(methylsulfonyl)pyridin-3-yl)methanamine (450 mg) as yellow solid. The crude product was used as such without further purification.

N-[4-(aminomethyl)phenyl]-1,1-difluoro-methanesulfonamide

Tert-butyl N-[(4-aminophenyl)methyl]carbamate (222 mg, 1.0 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL dry DCM, and the solution was cooled to −78° C. Pyridine (0.24 μL, 3.0 mmol) was added, followed by slow addition of a solution of difluoromethanesulfonyl chloride (150 mg, 1.0 mmol) in 5 mL DCM. The mixture was stirred overnight while returning to rt, poured into H₂O, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and purified by flash CC (eluent: Heptane/EtOAc, on silica gel), yielding tert-butyl N-[[4-(difluoromethylsulfonylamino)phenyl]methyl]carbamate. The product was dissolved in 2 mL DCM and a solution of 4M HCl in dioxane (2 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, then concentrated in vacuo, and the crude N-[4-(aminomethyl)phenyl]-1,1-difluoro-methanesulfonamide hydrochloride was used in the next step without further purification (55 mg, 23%).

Using the same protocol the following compounds were prepared: 1-(1-methylsulfonyl-4-piperidyl)cyclopropanamine, 6-methylsulfonyl-6-azaspiro[2.5]octan-2-amine, [(1S,5R)-8-methylsulfonyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl]methanamine, 6-methylsulfonyl-6-azaspiro[2.4]heptan-2-amine, (3-methylsulfonyl-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-5-yl)methanamine and 2-methylsulfonyl-3,3a,4,5,6,6a-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[c]pyrrol-4-amine.

N-(5-(aminomethyl)-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)methanesulfonamide

A suspension of 5-bromo-3-fluoropyridin-2-amine (2 g, 10.58 mmol), K₄FeCN₆ (1.78 g, 4.23 mmol) and 1,8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene (DBU, 399 mg, 2.64 mmol) in tBuOH:H₂O (1:1) (20 mL) was degassed for 15 min. Then added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (0.61 g, 0.529 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 85° C. for 16 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with water (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude compound was purified by flash CC (Eluent: MeOH/DCM, on silica gel) to afford 6-amino-5-fluoronicotinonitrile (600 mg, 42%) as a pale yellow solid.

To a solution of 6-amino-5-fluoronicotinonitrile (600 mg, 4.37 mmol) in pyridine (6 mL) at 0° C. was added methane sulfonyl chloride (0.5 g, 4.37 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (75 mL), washed with water (50 mL), brine (40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated. The crude compound was purified by flash CC (Eluent: MeOH/DCM, on silica gel) to afford N-(5-cyano-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl) methanesulfonamide (350 mg, 37%) as pale yellow solid.

A suspension of N-(5-cyano-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl) methanesulfonamide (350 mg, 1.627 mmol), Raney Ni (0.9 g, 10.58 mmol), NH₄OH (0.1 mL) in MeOH (6.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours under hydrogen atmosphere. After completion, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, the filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and evaporated. The crude product was triturated with DCM:pentane (1:5) to afford N-(5-(aminomethyl)-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl) methanesulfonamide (130 mg, 36%) as an off white solid.

5-(aminomethyl) pyrimidin-2-amine

A suspension of 2-aminopyrimidine-5-carbonitrile (0.4 g, 3.33 mmol), Raney Ni (1.8 g, 21.7 mmol), NH₄OH (0.2 mL) in MeOH (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours under hydrogen atmosphere. After completion, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated to afford 5-(amino methyl) pyrimidin-2-amine (300 mg, 72%) as pale yellow solid.

Synthesis of Example No. A81

5,6-Difluoro-N-[1-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]cyclopropyl]pyrimidin-4-amine (100 mg, 0.32 mmol), prepared using Method 1, was dissolved in 1 mL dry DMF and sodium hydride (60% in mineral olie, 13 mg, 0.34 mg) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature until gas formation had ceased (30 min). Methyl iodide (45 mg, 0.34 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The mixture was poured into H₂O, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was dissolved in 2 mL dry DMSO and 2-[4-(aminomethyl)phenyl]acetamide (56 mg, 0.34 mmol) and DIPEA (0.12 mL, 0.7 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated at 100° C. in the microwave oven for 30 min, poured into H₂O, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash CC (eluent: DCM/MeOH). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) 6 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33-7.21 (m, 6H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.42 (m, 4H). m/z 474 (M+H).

Synthesis of Example No. A100

N-Cyclopropyl-5,6-difluoro-N-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]pyrimidin-4-amine (100 mg, 0.3 mmol), prepared using Method 1, was dissolved in 1 mL DMSO. Ammonium chloride (22 mg, 0.4 mmol) and DIPEA (0.14 mL, 0.08 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated at 100° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo, yielding N4-cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-N4-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]pyrimidine-4,6-diamine (40 mg, 41%). The crude product was used in the next step without further purification.

N-Cyclopropyl-5-fluoro-4-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]pyrimidine-4,6-diamine (33 mg, 0.1 mmol), 1-methylsulfonylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid (21 mg, 0.1 mmol), [dimethylamino(triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)methylene]-dimethyl-ammonium hexafluorophosphate (HATU, 38 mg, 0.1 mmol) and DIPEA (40 μL, 0.2 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMSO (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 3 days. The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, driven over Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash CC (eluent: DCM/MeOH). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 3.11-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.86-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.76-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.76 (m, 3H), 0.94-0.84 (m, 2H), 0.84-0.76 (m, 2H). m/z 516 (M+H).

General Method 3

A halogenated pyrrolopyrimidine 3b, e.g. 6-chloro-7-deazapurine, was N-alkylated by addition of an alkyl halide 3a, e.g. [3-(bromomethyl)oxetan-3-yl]methanol, and an appropriate base in a suitable solvent, e.g. cesium carbonate in dry dioxane or sodium hydride in dry tetrahydrofuran. The mixture was stirred at room temperature until completion of reaction, typically overnight. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The desired product was obtained upon work-up, e.g. by extraction with EtOAc, washing with water at a suitable pH and brine, drying over an appropriate drying agent, e.g. Na₂SO₄, and purification by flash column chromatography (CC) using an appropriate eluent combination on a suitable column material, e.g. heptane/EtOAc or DCM/MeOH on silica gel, or recrystallization from a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, e.g. toluene/heptane. Nucleophilic aromatic substitution of the halogen on intermediate 3c was achieved upon addition of a building block containing a free amino group, e.g. 2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-pyrrolidine, and a suitable base in an appropriate solvent, e.g. cesium carbonate in dry DMSO. The reaction was achieved by microwave irradiation at elevated temperatures for a period of time, e.g. at 100-150° C. for 1-4 hours. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The desired compound 3d was obtained upon work-up, for example by extraction with EtOAc, washing with water at a suitable pH and brine, drying over an appropriate drying agent, e.g. Na₂SO₄, and purification by flash column chromatography (CC) using an appropriate eluent combination on a suitable column material, e.g. heptane/EtOAc or DCM/MeOH on silica gel, or recrystallization from a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, e.g. toluene/heptane.

Use of General Method 3 to Prepare Example No. I1:

A suspension of 2-(4-(chloromethyl) phenyl) acetamide (1.2 g, 6.54 mmol) 4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1 g, 6.54 mmol), Cs₂CO₃ (4.26 g, 13.08 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, the solid filtered off and washed with diethyl ether (50 mL) to afford 2-(4-((4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)methyl)phenyl)acetamide (1.1 g, 56%) as a pale yellow solid.

A solution of 2-(4-((4-chloro-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)methyl)phenyl)acetamide (Gemma-Pyrrolopyrimidine) (500 mg, 1.66 mmol), N-(4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)cyclopropanamine (358 mg, 1.66 mmol) and DIPEA (0.89 mL, 4.98 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL) was stirred at 150° C. for 4 hours under microwave conditions. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2×20 mL), brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄, filtered and evaporated. The crude compound was purified by reverse phase chromatography (0.01 M ammonium acetate in water:ACN) to afford 2-(4-((4-(cyclopropyl (4-(trifluoromethyl) benzyl) amino)-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d] pyrimidin-7-yl)methyl) phenyl)acetamide (75 mg) as an off white solid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.24 (s, 4H), 6.92 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 5.31 (br s, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.08 (dt, J=3.5, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.02-0.86 (m, 4H). m/z 480 (M+H).

General method 3 was used to prepare the following example numbers using the shown starting materials:

Ex. Halogenated No. pyrroloporimidine Alkyl halide Free amine I1

A56

A164

Synthesis of 2-[4-(chloromethyl)phenyl]acetamide

To a solution of 2-(4-(hydroxymethyl) phenyl) acetic acid (20 g, 120.48 mmol) in MeOH:toluene (1:1)(200 mL) at 0° C. was added(trimethylsilyl)diazomethane (TMSCHN₂, 27.51 g, 240 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion, the solvent was evaporated and the crude compound was purified by flash CC (eluent: EtOAc/Pet ether, on silica gel) to afford methyl 2-(4-(hydroxymethyl) phenyl) acetate (18 g, 830%) as an off white solid.

To a solution of methyl 2-(4-(hydroxymethyl) phenyl) acetate (3.4 g, 1.87 mmol) in MeOH (10 vol) was added aqueous NH₃ (34 ml), and the mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 hours in a sealed tube. After completion, the reaction mixture was allowed to room temperature and filtered to afford 2-(4-(hydroxymethyl) phenyl) acetamide (1.1 g, 35%) as an off white solid.

To a solution of 2-(4-(hydroxymethyl) phenyl) acetamide (2 g, 12.12 mmol), Et₃N (5.1 mL, 36.36 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added methane sulfonyl chloride (1.5 mL, 18.18 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and filtered the solid to afford 2-(4-(chloromethyl) phenyl) acetamide (1.2 g, 54%) as an off white solid.

General Method 4

A halogenated pyrimidine 4a, e.g. N-cyclopropyl-5,6-difluoro-N-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]pyrimidin-4-amine, was coupled to an amino acid 4b, e.g. 3-(aminomethyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid, upon treatment with a suitable base in an appropriate solvent, e.g. DIPEA or cesium carbonate in dry DMSO or DMF, under microwave irradiation during a period of time, e.g. at 80-150° C. for 1 hour. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The desired product was obtained upon work-up, e.g. by extraction with EtOAc, washing with water at a suitable pH and brine, drying over an appropriate drying agent, e.g. Na₂SO₄, and purification by flash column chromatography (CC) using an appropriate eluent combination on a suitable column material, e.g. heptane/EtOAc or DCM/MeOH on silica gel, or recrystallization from a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, e.g. toluene/heptane. The free carboxylic acid 4c can be converted to 4d upon acylation with a free amine containing compound, e.g. ammonium chloride, upon treatment with an appropriate coupling reagent or mixture of coupling reagents, e.g. HATU or EDC/HOAt, and a suitable base, e.g. DIPEA, in an appropriate solvent, e.g. DMF or DMSO. Conversion to 4d was typically achieved after stirring at room temperature overnight. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The reaction may for example be monitored by thin layer chromatography. The desired product was obtained upon work-up, e.g. by extraction with EtOAc, washing with water at a suitable pH and brine, drying over an appropriate drying agent, e.g. Na₂SO₄, and purification by flash column chromatography (CC) using an appropriate eluent combination on a suitable column material, e.g. heptane/EtOAc or DCM/MeOH on silica gel, or recrystallization from a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, e.g. toluene/heptane. Compounds in which 4d contain a tert-butyl protected acid, e.g. tert-butyl 2-[[2-[4-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]methyl]tetrahydropyran-4-yl]acetyl]amino]acetate, can be hydrolyzed upon treatment with a suitable acid, e.g. HCl in dioxane, prior to purification.

Use of General Method 4 to Prepare Example No. 96:

N-Cyclopropyl-5,6-difluoro-N-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]pyrimidin-4-amine (100 mg, 0.3 mmol), prepared using Method 1, was dissolved in 2 mL dry DMSO. 3-(Aminomethyl)cyclobutanecarboxylic acid (39 mg, 0.3 mmol) and DIPEA (0.11 mL, 0.6 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated at 90° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 10% aqueous KHSO₄, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo, yielding 3-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]methyl]cyclobutanecarboxylic acid (68 mg, 52%).

The crude 3-[[[6-[cyclopropyl-[[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]amino]-5-fluoro-pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]methyl]cyclobutanecarboxylic acid (66 mg, 0.15 mmol), HATU (57 mg, 0.15 mmol) and DIPEA (60 μL, 0.3 mmol) were dissolved in dry DMF (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO₃, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, driven over Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash CC (eluent: DCM/MeOH). ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ7.82 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.00 (n, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 3.43-3.38 (i, 1H), 3.31-3.24 (i, 2H), 2.97-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.31 (n, 1H), 2.16-1.97 (i, 2H), 1.90-1.74 (i, 2H), 0.78-0.61 (in, 4H). m/z 438 (M+H).

General method 4 was used to prepare the following example numbers using the shown starting materials:

Ex. No. Amino acid Amine Fluorinated aromatic compound A80

A84

A95

A96

A151

A152

A153

A154

A155

Table of ¹H NMR and MS Data for example compounds. Ex. No. ¹H NMR or MS Data T1 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.29- 7.21 (m, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 3.01- 2.85 (m, 1H), 0.88-0.66 (m, 4H). I1 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.24 (s, 4H), 6.92 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 5.31 (br s, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.08 (dt, J = 3.5, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.02-0.86 (m, 4H). X ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.98 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.59- 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 4.9 (s, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.52 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (q, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.22 (m, 3H), 2.97-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.23 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.83- 0.65 (m, 4H). A1 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.39 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.57 (m, 4H), 7.42 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 4.50 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.95-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 0.77-0.64 (m, 4H). A2 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.02 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 4H), 7.28 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 5.05 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.68 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.90-2.87 (m, 1H), 0.80-0.75 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.70 (m, 2H). A3 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.05 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 2H), 5.64 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 5.07 (s, 1H), 4.69 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.77- 2.63 (m, 1H), 1.79 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.69-0.50 (m, 3H), 0.33- 0.19 (m, 1H). A4 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.01 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.24 (s, 2H), 5.24 (s, 3H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.64 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.04-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.86-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.68 (q, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 2.33-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.85 (m, 1H). A5 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.94 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.25 (s, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.07-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.79 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.70-3.61 (m, 3H), 3.18-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.99 (m, 2H), 0.80 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 0.76-0.68 (m, 2H). A6 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.03 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.33-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 5.04 (s, 1H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 4.68 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 0.82-0.66 (m, 4H). A7 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.83 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.21-7.12 (m, 1H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.23 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.96- 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.57 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.28-1.07 (m, 2H), 0.77-0.63 (m, 4H). A8 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.87 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 3.42-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.01-2.87 (m, 3H), 2.22-2.04 (m, 4H), 0.89-0.67 (m, 4H). A9 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.87-7.81 (m, 3H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 2.98-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.09 (m, 1H), 0.86-0.77 (m, 2H), 0.77-0.69 (m, 2H), 0.59-0.44 (m, 4H). A11 m/z 466 (M + H) A12 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.02-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.27 (m, 4H), 2.95-2.83 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.19 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.62 (m, 4H). A13 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.00 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 5.07 (s, 1H), 4.70-4.68 (m, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.49 (s, 1H), 2.98 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.17 (m, 1H), 1.05-0.81 (m, 2H), 0.74-0.68 (m, 3H), 0.54-0.45 (m, 3H), 0.30 (s, 1H). A14 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.04 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61- 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.30 (m, 6H), 5.14 (s, 1H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.74-4.67 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.03-2.83 (m, 1H), 0.87-0.63 (m, 4H). A15 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.00 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.23 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 2H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.83 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 3H), 4.64 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 2.28-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.64 (dq, J = 10.4, 5.9, 5.5 Hz, 2H). A16 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.44 (m, 4H), 7.37 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 5.92 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 5.07 (s, 1H), 4.68 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.32 (qd, J = 15.6, 7.7 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 0.76-0.49 (m, 3H), 0.29 (s, 1H). A17 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.11 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (q, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.38 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (s, 2H), 5.56 (d, J = 11.3 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 5.06 (s, 1H), 4.69 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.46 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.74 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 0.62 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 0.53-0.38 (m, 2H), 0.05 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H). A18 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.59 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.12-7.00 (m, 4H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.28 (s, 2H), 2.62 (s, 2H), 0.98-0.84 (m, 1H), 0.35-0.22 (m, 2H) , 0.05-0.01 (m, 2H). A19 m/z 448 (M + H) A20 m/z 464 (M + H) A21 m/z 423 (M + H) A22 m/z 469 (M + H) A23 m/z 485 (M + H) A24 m/z 462 (M + H) A25 m/z 448 (M + H) A26 m/z 427 (M + H) A27 m/z 480 (M + H) A28 m/z 427 (M + H) A29 m/z 455 (M + H) A30 m/z 457 (M + H) A31 m/z 517 (M + H) A32 m/z 437 (M + H) A33 m/z 465 (M + H) A34 m/z 473 (M + H) A35 m/z 475 (M + H) A36 m/z 481 (M + H) A37 m/z 509 (M + H) A38 m/z 448 (M + H) A39 m/z 442 (M + H) A40 m/z 417 (M + H) A41 m/z 418 (M + H) A42 m/z 406 (M + H) A43 m/z 453 (M + H) A44 m/z 475 (M + H) A45 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.91 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.73 (m, 1H), 5.27-5.16 (m, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.79 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.93-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.11 (s, 2H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 1.85-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.63 (m, 2H). A47 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.71-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.41 (br s, 1H), 7.29-7.13 (m, 4H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 6.83 (br s, 1H), 5.53 (m, 1H), 4.57-4.44 (m, 2H), 3.79 (m, 2H), 3.00- 2.84 (m, 2H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 1.29 (s, 9H), 0.94 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 3H), 0.62 (m, 1H), 0.49 (m, 2H), 0.07 (m, 1H). A49 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.94 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 5.73 (m, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.02 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (ddd, J = 2.9, 9.0, 12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (td, J = 4.5, 12.1 Hz, 2H), 3.15 (s, 2H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.88 (dt, J = 2.9, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 1.87-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.76- 1.67 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.69 (m, 4H). A52 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.21 (dd, J = 2.6, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.47-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.54 (dd, J = 2.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 4.65 (s, 3H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.16 (s, 1.5H), 3.15 (s, 1.5H). NB: peaks at 3.16 ppm and 3.15 ppm are from conformational isomers A53 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.04 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40- 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.28 (s, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 4H), 5.33 (br s, 2H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.67 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.93-2.81 (m, 2H), 1.23 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 0.81-0.66 (m, 4H). A54 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.83 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.40 (br s, 1H), 7.26-7.09 (m, 6H), 6.84 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 3H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.50 (br d, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.97 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 1.30 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.78- 0.59 (m, 4H). A55 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.03 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (s, 2H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.86- 6.77 (m, 3H), 5.39-5.28 (br s, 2H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.67 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.92-2.86 (m, 1H), 0.79-0.70 (m, 4H). A56 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 5.95 (br s, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.63-4.54 (m, 4H), 4.46 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.07 (dt, J = 3.1, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.00-0.85 (m, 4H). A57 m/z 570 (M + H) A58 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.47 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.67 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.25- 7.12 (m, 5H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.53 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.51 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.32 (s, 2H), 3.11 (s, 1.5H), 3.10 (s, 1.5H). NB: Peaks at 3.10 ppm and 3.11 ppm are from conformational isomers A59 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.85 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 2.97-2.86 (m, 4H), 0.88-0.65 (m, 4H). A60 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.85 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 2.98-2.87 (m, 1H), 0.87-0.75 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.64 (m, 2H). A61 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.81 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.09-7.01 (m, 1H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 3H), 2.93-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.72 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.58 (m, 5H), 1.58-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.03-0.78 (m, 4H), 0.78-0.56 (m, 4H). A62 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.81 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 1H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 3.21-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.42 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.85-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.62-1.43 (m, 2H), 1.08-0.84 (m, 5H), 0.77-0.62 (m, 4H). A63 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (br s, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 3.86-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.42 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.05 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.96-2.83 (m, 4H), 1.70-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.47 (m, 2H), 0.86-0.77 (m, 2H), 0.73 (br s, 2H). A64 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.82 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.34-7.23 (m, 4H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 1H), 0.88-0.66 (m, 4H). A65 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.84 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.30 (m, 3H), 7.27-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.51 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.32 (s, 2H), 2.48-2.41 (m, 1H), 0.70-0.59 (m, 4H). A66 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.82 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44- 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.19 (m, 7H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 2.95-2.83 (m, 1H), 0.84-0.67 (m, 4H). A67 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.88 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.35- 7.25 (m, 5H), 7.21-7.13 (m, 2H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 2.42-2.34 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 0.73-0.60 (m, 5H). A68 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.03 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 5.94 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 5.14 (s, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.75-4.65 (m, 2H), 4.00 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (s, 1.5H), 3.15 (s, 1.5H), 3.13 (s, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.82 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H). NB: Peaks at 3.15 ppm and 3.13 ppm are from conformational isomers. A69 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.91 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 5.92 (s, 1H), 5.15 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 3.66 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.07 (dt, J = 2.4, 12.0 Hz, 2H), 2.96- 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 1.80 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 2H), 1.62 (dt, J = 4.9, 12.7 Hz, 2H), 0.85-0.71 (m, 4H). A72 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.77 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 3.25 (s, 2H), 3.18-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.08-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 2H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 4H), 0.84-0.75 (m, 1H), 0.75- 0.56 (m, 4H). A73 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.43 (m, 2H), 5.62 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (s, 1H), 3.84 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.73- 2.60 (m, 3H), 1.90 (d, J = 11.7 Hz, 2H), 1.78 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.47-1.32 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.64 (m, 1H), 0.63-0.48 (m, 2H), 0.25 (m, 1H). A74 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 2H), 5.64 (m, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 2.71 (m, 1H), 1.79 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.69 (m, 1H), 0.60 (m, 2H), 0.27 (m, 1H). A75 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 5.00 (br s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.49 (s, 1H), 4.33 (s, 1H), 3.88-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.64 (m, 4H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 4H), 0.85-0.67 (m, 4H). A76 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.84 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72- 7.55 (m, 6H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 2.99-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 0.86-0.67 (m, 4H). A77 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.85 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J = 8.8, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.15 (m, 4H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 4.51 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s, 2H), 2.42-2.31 (m, 1H), 0.71-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.63-0.53 (m, 2H). A78 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.58 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 2.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.24-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.24 (br s, 1H), 7.17 (br s, 1H), 5.33 (br s, 1H), 5.10 (s, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.71 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 2.90 (dt, J = 2.9, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 0.83-0.75 (m, 2H), 0.71 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 2H). A79 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 5.14 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 3.89-3.68 (m, 4H), 3.50 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.94 (tt, J = 3.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.54 (s, 2H), 1.66-1.48 (m, 4H), 0.89-0.72 (m, 4H). A80 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.09 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (br d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.66-3.53 (m, 4H), 3.50 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.97-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.59 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 3H), 2.24 (s, 2H), 1.41 (m, 4H), 0.78-0.64 (m, 4H). A81 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.59 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33-7.21 (m, 6H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.42 (m, 4H). A82 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.83 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.51-7.42 (m, 4H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 2.98-2.87 (m, 1H), 1.77 (s, 3H), 0.87-0.67 (m, 4H). A83 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40- 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.28 (s, 2H), 5.43-5.29 (br s, 2H), 5.08 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.68 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.90 (tdd, J = 3.5, 6.8, 10.1 Hz, 1H), 0.86-0.78 (m, 2H), 0.72 (br s, 2H). A84 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.91-7.83 (m, 3H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.41 (m, 4H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 2.99-2.87 (m, 1H), 0.88-0.69 (m, 4H). A85 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.89 (s, 1H), 8.16-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.20 (q, J = 8.1 Hz, 4H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.50 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 0.72 (m, 4H). A88 m/z 497 (M + H) A89 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.74 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.11- 8.02 (m, 1H), 8.00-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 5.23 (br s, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.81 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 2.91 (dt, J = 2.9, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 0.84- 0.70 (m, 4H). A90 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.22 (m, 4H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 4.62 (s, 3H), 4.54-4.40 (m, 1H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 2.85-2.73 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 0.94-0.76 (m, 4H), 0.76-0.66 (m, 2H), 0.66- 0.56 (m, 2H). A91 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.62 (t, J = 53.1 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.61 (s, 2H), 2.97-2.86 (m, 1H), 0.86-0.66 (m, 4H). A92 m/z 453 (M + H) A93 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.64 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J = 2.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.28 (s, 2H), 5.39 (br s, 2H), 5.10 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.67 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 2.92 (qt, J = 3.5, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 0.87-0.78 (m, 2H), 0.71 (br d, J = 1.5 Hz, 2H). A95 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.22-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 3.44-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.23 (m, 2H), 2.94- 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.36 (h, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.22-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.91- 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.27 (m, 1H), 0.78-0.61 (m, 4H). A96 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.82 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 3.43-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.24 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.16-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.74 (m, 2H), 0.78-0.61 (m, 4H). A97 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.46 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J = 2.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.28 (s, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (br s, 2H), 5.03 (m, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.67 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.04 (td, J = 6.9, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (dt, J = 3.1, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 1.29 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 0.85-0.69 (m, 4H). A98 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.88 (s, 2H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.17-7.07 (m, 4H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.44 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (s, 2H), 3.00-2.90 (m, 1H), 0.72-0.65 (m, 4H). A99 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.23-8.09 (m, 1H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (br s, 1H), 7.42 (br s, 1H), 7.20 (q, J = 8.1 Hz, 4H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 4.51 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.32 (s, 2H), 3.11 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 0.75 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 4H). A100 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 3.11-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.86-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.76-2.62 (m, 1H), 2.10- 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.76 (m, 3H), 0.94-0.84 (m, 2H), 0.84-0.76 (m, 2H). A101 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.05 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64- 7.20 (m, 8H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 5.14 (s, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 4.70 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.98-2.82 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.64 (m, 4H). A102 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 8.05 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.42- 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.08 (m, 2H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 1H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 4.70 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 2.96-2.82 (m, 1H), 0.88-0.66 (m, 4H). A103 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.70 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.70-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.20 (q, J = 8.2 Hz, 4H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 5.48 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.47 (m, 2H), 3.30 (s, 2H), 2.87-2.77 (m, 1H), 1.78 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.74-0.55 (m, 3H), 0.24-0.11 (m, 1H). A104 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.90 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.20 (q, J = 8.2 Hz, 4H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 5.46 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.30 (s, 2H), 2.95-2.81 (m, 1H), 1.78 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.76-0.55 (m, 3H), 0.27 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H). A105 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (s, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.46-6.09 (m, 1H), 5.12 (s, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.68 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 0.88-0.68 (m, 4H). A106 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.81 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J = 2.0, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.24 (s, 2H), 6.68 (br s, 1H), 6.44-6.11 (m, 1H), 5.08 (s, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 4.68 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.07 (dt, J = 2.9, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 0.85-0.71 (m, 4H). A107 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.47-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.22 (q, J = 8.2 Hz, 4H), 6.83 (s, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 4.41 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.30 (s, 2H), 2.44-2.34 (m, 1H), 0.82-0.71 (m, 2H), 0.63-0.52 (m, 2H). A108 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.08- 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.99-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.84 (dd, J = 2.0, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (br s, 1H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 4.81 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.13-3.03 (m, 1H), 0.85-0.71 (m, 4H). A109 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.54 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.52 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 0.76-0.65 (m, 4H). A110 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.99-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.77 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.35-5.25 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.81 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 2.98-2.89 (m, 1H), 0.89-0.82 (m, 2H), 0.77-0.71 (m, 2H). A111 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.16 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 5.14 (m, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.64 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 0.83-0.67 (m, 4H). A112 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 2.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.11 (m, 1H), 5.45-5.28 (m, 1H), 5.17-5.08 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.70 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 3H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 2.96-2.86 (m, 1H), 0.88- 0.80 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.69 (m, 2H). A113 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 2.4, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.19-7.12 (m, 1H), 5.34 (br s, 1H), 5.16-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 4.70 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.12-3.02 (m, 1H), 0.85-0.70 (m, 4H). A114 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.11 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (br s, 1H), 4.94-4.85 (m, 4H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.98-2.90 (m, 1H), 0.91-0.81 (m, 2H), 0.78-0.71 (m, 2H). A115 ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 9.11 (s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.19 (dd, J = 2.4, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J = 2.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.89 (br s, 1H), 5 A118 m/z 430 (M + H) A119 m/z 410 (M + H) A120 m/z 460 (M + H) A121 m/z 430 (M + H) A122 m/z 464 (M + H) A123 m/z 438 (M + H) A124 m/z 446 (M + H) A125 m/z 464 (M + H) A126 m/z 448 (M + H) A127 m/z 483 (M + H) A128 m/z 444 (M + H) A129 m/z 441 (M + H) A130 m/z 489 (M + H) A131 m/z 457 (M + H) A132 m/z 468 (M + H) A133 m/z 526 (M + H) A134 m/z 469 (M + H) A135 m/z 426 (M + H) A136 m/z 426 (M + H) A137 m/z 429 (M + H) A138 m/z 408 (M + H) A139 m/z 440 (M + H) A140 m/z 461 (M + H) A141 m/z 397 (M + H) A142 m/z 542 (M + H) A143 m/z 474 (M + H) A144 m/z 481 (M + H) A145 m/z 452 (M + H) A147 m/z 509 (M + H) A148 m/z 454 (M + H) A149 m/z 490 (M + H) A150 m/z 427 (M + H) A151 m/z 553 (M + H) A152 m/z 565 (M + H) A153 m/z 567 (M + H) A154 m/z 540 (M + H) A155 m/z 554 (M + H) A156 m/z 470 (M + H) A157 m/z 433 (M + H) A158 m/z 488 (M + H) A159 m/z 433 (M + H) A160 m/z 474 (M + H) A161 m/z 473 (M + H) A162 m/z 477 (M + H) A163 m/z 431 (M + H) A164 ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.32-7.27 (m, 4H), 6.91 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (s, 2H), 5.41- 5.20 (m, 3H), 4.86 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H) A165 m/z 528 (M + H) A166 m/z 489 (M + H) A167 m/z 492 (M + H) A168 m/z 490 (M + H) A169 m/z 514 (M + H) A170 m/z 475 (M + H) A171 m/z 528 (M + H) A172 m/z 500 (M + H) A173 m/z 475 (M + H) A174 m/z 500 (M + H) A175 m/z 514 (M + H) A176 m/z 475 (M + H) A177 m/z 475 (M + H) A178 m/z 475 (M + H) A179 m/z 457 (M + H) A180 m/z 494 (M + H) A181 m/z 503 (M + H) A182 m/z 475 (M + H) A183 m/z 469 (M + H) A184 m/z 483 (M + H) A185 m/z 497 (M + H)

Biological Evaluation

The activity of the compounds was evaluated using a Fluorescence Polarization (FP) Assay and, RORγ Reporter assay (also referred to as Gal4 assay). The FP assay is an in vitro assay monitoring binding within the ligand binding pocket. The RORγ and the Th17 assays (another suitable assay) are both cell-based assays monitoring functional activity of the compound assayed.

Compounds disclosed herein have also been evaluated in two different mouse in vivo disease models: Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis (EAE) model (an animal model for multiple sclerosis), and Collagen-induced Arthritis (CIA) model (an animal model for rheumatoid arthritis).

Fluorescence Polarization (FP) Assay

A buffer containing 10 mM Hepes, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM DTT, 0.05% Pluronic F-127 detergent (all from Sigma), and 100 nM human RORγt (Ligand Binding Domain obtained from Crelux (Planegg, Germany), batch no PC5032-1) was complemented with 1 μl test compounds diluted in 100% DMSO. The total volume was 25 μl, in a black Perkin Elmer OptiPlate. As negative control, 1 μl DMSO was used. Samples were incubated at room temperature for 30 min, followed by addition 5 μl of probe diluted in assay buffer to a concentration of 125 nM (final concentration of probe is 25 nM). The probe is a fluorescently labeled (TAMRA) RORγt ligand identified by Nuevolution with a total molecular weight of 910 g/mole as shown in Graph A in FIG. 1. Graph (B) in FIG. 2 shows the polarization signal rises with increasing concentration of human RORγt (LBD), using 50 nM TAMRA-labelled probe concentration. Graph (C) of FIG. 2 shows the RORγt inhibitor SR2211 (1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-(2-fluoro-4′-((4-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl)propan-2-ol; see Kumar et al, ACS Chem. Biol., 2012, 7 (4), pp 672-677) inhibits the probe from binding RORγt with an IC50 of 0.36 μM, which is close to the value reported in the literature. The plate was incubated for 10 min at room temperature and fluorescence polarization was read using an Envision 2102 plate reader (Perkin Elmer) with the TAMRA FP optical module installed.

Th17 Assay (Another Suitable Assay)

Human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) were isolated from buffy coats of healthy human volunteers using the Ficoll paque PLUS kit (GE Healthcare, cat no 17-1440-02), as instructed by the manufacturer. Naive CD4+ T cells were isolated with Naive CD4+ T cell kit, human (Milteny Biotec, cat no 130-094-131). The following modifications were made to the manufacturer's protocol: 1) Incubation with Biotin-Antibody Cocktail and Anti-Biotin MicroBeads was prolonged to 30 minutes, and 2) Cells were washed with 40 mL of Miltenyi buffer. Differentiation of Th17 cells in anti-CD3 (BD Pharmingen, 5 μg/ml) coated 96-well plates (400,000 cells/well, 160 μl RPMI 1640+10% Fetal Bovine Serum) containing 5 μg/ml anti-CD28 (BD Pharmingen), 10 ng/ml IL-2 (R&D Systems), 2.5 ng/ml TGFα-1 (R&D Systems), 20 ng/ml IL-10 (R&D Systems), 20 ng/ml IL-6 (R&D Systems), 30 ng/ml IL-23 (R&D Systems), 2.5 μg/ml anti-IL-4 (R&D Systems) and 1 μg/ml anti-IFNγ (R&D Systems) and with test compound during the entire differentiation (or vehicle, 0.1% DMSO for control). Test compounds were tested in triplicates, diluted 1000-fold in medium (final DMSO concentration is 0.1%). Incubated for seven days at 37° C., 5% CO₂, 95% humidity, and 2-fluoro-4′-[[4-(4-pyridinylmethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl]-α,α-bis(trifluoromethyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-methanol (SR2211 Calbiochem, Cat. No. 557353) was used as positive control. As negative control, cells were differentiated into Th0 using 5 μg/ml anti-CD28 (BD Pharmingen), 10 ng/ml IL-2 (R&D Systems), 2 μg/ml anti-IL4 (R&D Systems) and 2 μg/ml anti-IFNγ (R&D Systems) are negative control. IL-17 levels in supernatants were measured with ELISA (R&D Systems).

RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4)

Cell-based RORγ functional assays were performed using a commercially available assay product (INDIGO Biosciences, State College, Pa., USA; product #IB04001). The RORγ reporter cells are HEK293t cells transfected with one vector that provides high level constitutive expression of a hybrid protein comprised of the yeast Gal4-DNA binding domain fused to the ligand binding domain of human RORγ, and a second vector comprising the firefly luciferase cDNA functionally linked to the upstream activation sequence (UAS) of yeast Gal4. A suspension of RORγ Reporter Cells was prepared using the protocol and culture medium provided in the kit product, and 100 μl of the Reporter Cell suspension was then dispensed into wells of a white, collagen-treated, 96-well assay plate. Concentrated stocks of test compounds were prepared in DMSO, then further diluted using media provided in the kit to generate ‘2×-concentration’ treatment media. 100 μl of medium for each respective treatment concentration dispensed into triplicate assay wells, thereby combining with the reporter cells. All media formulations contained 10% charcoal stripped Fetal Bovine Serum, but are otherwise proprietary to INDIGO Biosciences. Final treatment concentrations for each test compound were 1,000 nM and 100 nM, each with 0.1% residual DMSO. Separate control treatments were media supplemented with vehicle only (0.1% DMSO) to determine the constitutive level of RORγ activity in the reporter cells, and the reference inverse-agonist ursolic acid (f.c. 6,000 nM to 8.2 nM in 3-fold decrements) to establish a positive control inverse-agonist dose response. Assay plates were placed in a 37° C., 5% CO₂, 85% humidity incubator for 24 hour. Treatment media were then discarded, 100 μl of luciferase detection reagent was added to each well, and relative light units (RLUs) were quantified from each assay well using a plate reading luminometer. Values of average RLU+/−standard deviation were computed for all treatment sets, followed by the calculations of fold-reduction: [Average RLU_(Vehicle)/Average RLU_(Test Cmpd)]. Percent-reduction of RORγ activity in response to respective test compound treatments was calculated: [100*(1−[Ave RLU_(Test Cmpd)/Ave RLU_(Vehicle))] where the theoretical minimum reduction (0% reduction) derives from Vehicle treatment only, no treatment compound. In some aspects it may be of interest to provide compounds with selective modulation of RORγ for example compounds that are selective to RORγ over RORα, compounds that are selective for RORγ versus RORβ, and compounds that are selective for RORγ versus BOTH RORα and RORβ. It may also be of interest to provide compounds that are selective for RORγ versus further nuclear hormone receptors such as CAR1, FXR, GR, LXRα, LXRβ, PPARα, PXR, RARα, RXRα, TRα, VDR. It is apparent to those skilled in the art that these nuclear hormone receptors are merely examples, and that selectivity against other nuclear receptors may also be of interest. It may for example be of interest to provide compounds that modulate RORγ and one or more further nuclear hormone receptors, as well as compounds that modulate both RORγ and RORα, or RORγ and RORβ. It may also be of interest to provide compounds that modulate RORγ and BOTH RORα and RORβ, as well as compounds that modulate both RORγ and one or more further nuclear hormone receptors such as CAR1, FXR, GR, LXRα, LXRβ, PPARα, PXR, RARα, RXRα, TRα, VDR. It is apparent to those skilled in the art that these nuclear hormone receptors are merely examples, and that modulation of even other nuclear receptors may also be of interest. By substituting the ligand binding domain of another nuclear hormone receptor for the ligand binding domain of RORγ, the reporter assay (Gal4) may be modified to provide activity data for compounds against said other nuclear hormone receptor. Those skilled in the art know how to accomplish such modification. By comparing activity against RORγ to activity against another nuclear hormone receptor in this assay, the selectivity of a compound towards RORγ versus said other nuclear hormone receptor can be established. A compound may be said to be selective for RORγ versus another nuclear hormone receptor if the activity of the compound against RORγ is greater than 5, 10, 20, or 100 fold higher for RORγ than for said other nuclear receptor. The compound(s) or pharmaceutical composition(s) described herein may modulate the activity of an RORγ receptor to a larger extent than it modulates the activity of RORα and/or RORP receptors.

The results of the Fluorescence Polarization (FP) Assay, and RORγ Reporter (Gal4) Assay are shown in Tables 2-4 below.

TABLE 2 Activity Data of Example Compounds obtained from the Fluorescence Polarization (FP) Assay. Example. No. FP activity range (nM) T1 <500 x <500 I1 <500 A1 <1000 A2 <500 A3 <500 A4 <2000 A5 <1000 A6 <500 A7 <500 A8 <500 A9 <500 A11 <500 A12 <1000 A13 <500 A14 <500 A15 <500 A16 <500 A17 <2000 A18 <500 A19 <500 A20 <2000 A21 <1000 A22 <500 A23 <500 A24 <500 A25 <500 A26 <500 A27 <1000 A28 <1000 A29 <500 A30 <500 A31 <500 A32 <500 A33 <500 A34 <500 A35 <500 A36 <500 A37 <500 A38 <500 A39 <500 A40 <1000 A41 <500 A42 <500 A43 <1000 A44 <500 A45 <2000 A47 <10000 A49 <500 A52 <500 A53 <500 A54 <500 A55 <500 A56 <500 A57 <500 A58 <500 A59 <500 A60 <500 A61 <500 A62 <500 A63 <500 A64 <500 A65 <500 A66 <500 A67 <500 A68 <500 A69 <500 A72 <10000 A73 <500 A74 <500 A75 <500 A76 <500 A77 <500 A78 <500 A79 <1000 A80 <500 A81 <500 A82 <1000 A83 <500 A84 <500 A85 <500 A88 <500 A89 <500 A90 <500 A91 <500 A92 <10000 A93 <2000 A95 <1000 A96 <10000 A97 <500 A98 <500 A99 <10000 A100 <10000 A101 <500 A102 <500 A103 <1000 A104 <1000 A105 <10000 A106 <10000 A107 <1000 A108 <2000 A109 <500 A110 <2000 A111 <1000 A112 <2000 A113 <10000 A114 <500 A115 <500 A118 <500 A119 <2000 A120 <500 A121 <500 A122 <500 A123 <10000 A124 <500 A125 <500 A126 <500 A127 <500 A128 <500 A129 <500 A130 <500 A131 <500 A132 <10000 A133 <2000 A134 <2000 A135 <10000 A136 <2000 A137 <500 A138 <500 A139 <2000 A140 <10000 A141 <2000 A142 <500 A143 <500 A144 <10000 A145 <500 A147 <500 A148 <500 A149 <500 A150 <2000 A151 <1000 A152 <10000 A153 <10000 A154 <2000 A155 <1000 A156 <500 A157 <500 A158 <500 A159 <500 A160 <500 A161 <500 A162 <500 A163 <500 A164 <1000 A165 <500 A166 <10000 A167 <500 A168 <500 A169 <500 A170 <500 A171 <500 A172 <2000 A173 <10000 A174 <500 A175 <500 A176 <500 A177 <2000 A178 <500 A179 <500 A180 <10000 A181 <500 A182 <10000 A183 <2000 A184 <10000 A185 <10000

TABLE 3 Activity Data of Example Compounds obtained from the RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4) at 1 μM. Example. Gal4 activity range @ 1 μM No. (% inhibition) T1 >80 x >50 I1 >80 A1 >80 A2 >80 A3 >80 A4 >50 A5 >80 A6 >80 A7 >80 A8 >80 A9 >80 A11 >80 A12 >80 A13 >80 A14 >80 A15 >80 A16 >20 A17 >50 A18 >80 A19 >80 A20 >50 A42 >50 A49 >80 A52 >50 A53 >80 A54 >80 A55 >0 A56 >80 A57 >80 A58 >80 A59 >80 A60 >80 A61 >80 A62 >80 A63 >80 A64 >80 A65 >50 A66 >50 A67 >50 A68 >50 A73 >80 A74 >50 A75 >80 A76 >80 A77 >50 A78 >80 A79 >20 A80 >80 A81 >80 A82 >80 A83 >80 A85 >80 A88 >50 A89 >80 A90 >0 A91 >80 A95 >80 A97 >80 A98 >80 A101 >50 A102 >80 A103 >80 A104 >80 A107 >50 A108 >80 A109 >80 A110 >50 A120 >80 A124 >20 A125 >50 A138 >20 A142 >50 A143 >80 A145 >50 A147 >80 A148 >20 A149 >20 A150 >20 A151 >50 A164 >50 A165 >80 A167 >80 A168 >80 A169 >80 A170 >50 A171 >80 A172 >80 A174 >80 A175 >80 A176 >50 A178 >20 A179 >80 A181 >80

TABLE 4 Activity Data of Example Compounds obtained from the RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4) at 0.1 μM. Example. Gal4 activity range @ 0.1 μM No. (% inhibition) T1 >50 x >20 I1 >80 A1 >20 A2 >80 A3 >50 A4 >0 A5 >20 A6 >80 A7 >80 A8 >50 A9 >20 A11 >50 A12 >20 A13 >20 A14 >50 A15 >20 A16 >0 A17 >20 A18 >50 A19 >20 A20 >20 A42 >20 A49 >80 A52 >0 A53 >80 A54 >50 A56 >80 A57 >50 A58 >20 A59 >80 A60 >0 A61 >20 A62 >80 A63 >80 A64 >50 A65 >20 A66 >20 A67 >20 A68 >0 A73 >80 A74 >0 A75 >80 A76 >80 A77 >20 A78 >50 A80 >20 A81 >50 A82 >20 A83 >50 A85 >50 A88 >0 A89 >80 A91 >80 A95 >20 A97 >50 A98 >50 A101 >50 A102 >80 A103 >0 A104 >50 A107 >0 A108 >20 A109 >0 A110 >0 A120 >20 A124 >0 A125 >0 A138 >0 A142 >0 A143 >20 A145 >0 A147 >50 A148 >0 A151 >0 A164 >20 A165 >50 A167 >50 A168 >50 A169 >80 A170 >20 A171 >80 A172 >20 A174 >20 A175 >50 A176 >0 A178 >0 A179 >20 A181 >0

As can be seen from the tables above, the compounds were found to show beneficial activity across the assays.

According to an embodiment, compounds having inhibition values of greater than 80% in the RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4) are disclosed herein. According to an embodiment the compounds have inhibition values of greater than 80% in a RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4) and a FP activity range less than 1000 nM, such as less than 500 nM.

According to an embodiment the compounds are having inhibition values of greater than 50% in a RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4). According to an embodiment the compounds have inhibition values of greater than 50% in a RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4), and a FP activity range less than 2000 nM, such as less than 1000 nM, such as less than 500 nM.

According to an embodiment the compounds are having inhibition values of greater than 20% in a RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4). According to an embodiment the compounds have inhibition values of greater than 20% in a RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4), and a FP activity range less than 2000 nM, such as less than 1000 nM, such as less than 500 nM.

According to an embodiment the compounds are having inhibition values of greater than 50% in a RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4) at 1 μM and inhibition values of greater than 20% in a RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4) at 0.1 μM. According to an embodiment the compounds are having inhibition values of greater than 50% in a RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4) at 1 μM and inhibition values of greater than 20% in a RORγ Reporter Assay (Gal4) at 0.1 μM, and a FP activity range less than 2000 nM, such as less than 1000 nM, such as less than 500 nM.

Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis (EAE) Study

EAE is an animal model for multiple sclerosis used to evaluate the efficacy of test compounds. EAE was induced at WuXi AppTec (Shanghai) in female C57BL/6 mice obtained from SLAC Laboratories, Shanghai by injection of 100 μl (100 μg MOG₃₅₋₅₅ peptide in complete Freund's adjuvant containing 200 μg M. tuberculosis/mouse) emulsion (with a 25-G needle) subcutaneously in the shaved back of the mouse. Each mouse was also given 200 ng PTX in 200 μl of PBS by intraperitoneal injection at 0 and 48 hours after immunization. For treatment, compound or vehicle (2% DMSO, 10% HP-β-CD in MilliQ water) was given orally twice daily at various doses selected from 3, 10, and 30 mg/kg, beginning at the day of EAE induction. Treatment lasted for 25 days, and the animals were scored daily for EAE symptoms using the following scoring system: 0, Normal mouse; no overt signs of disease; 1, Limp tail or hind limb weakness but not both; 2 Limp tail and hind limb weakness; 3 Partial hind limb paralysis; 4 Complete hind limb paralysis; 5 Moribund state; death by EAE: sacrifice for humane reasons. The clinical score can be expressed as the mean score for each treatment group+/−S.E.M.

Results: Example A7 was tested in the EAE study at 30 mg/kg. Example A7 was shown to delay onset and significantly lower the clinical score.

Collagen-Induced Arthritis (CIA) Study

Collagen-induced arthritis is an animal model of rheumatoid arthritis used to evaluate the efficacy of test compounds. CIA was induced at Washington Biotechnology Inc. (Baltimore) in male DBA/1J mice (Jackson Laboratories) by subcutaneous injection at the base of the tail with 50 μl of a bovine collagen/complete Freund's adjuvant emulsion. After 21 days, the mice were further boosted by a further subcutaneous injection of 50 μl of a collagen/incomplete Freund's adjuvant emulsion. For treatment, compound or vehicle (2% DMSO, 10% HP-β-CD in MilliQ water) was given orally twice daily at various doses selected from 3, 10, 30 mg/kg, beginning at the day of CIA induction (Prophylactic setting), or after disease initiation (at day 27, therapeutic setting). Treatment lasted until day 41, and the animals were scored three times weekly. Each paw was scored and the sum of all four scores was recorded as the Arthritic Index (AI). The maximum possible AI was 16. 0=no visible effects of arthritis; 1=edema and/or erythema of one digit; 2=edema and/or erythema of 2 joints; 3=edema and/or erythema of more than 2 joints; 4=severe arthritis of the entire paw and digits including limb deformation and ankylosis of the joint. The Arthritis Index for each treatment can be expressed as the mean score for each treatment group+/−S.E.M.

Results: Example A7 was tested in the CIA study at 30 mg/kg in therapeutic setting. Example A7 was shown to decrease rate of disease development and significantly reduce disease severity.

In summary, compounds disclosed herein have been found to at least modulate the activity of RORγ. Additionally it has been found that compounds disclosed herein have in vivo usefulness, and could consequently be useful in treating inflammatory, metabolic and autoimmune diseases. 

1.-63. (canceled)
 64. A compound of Formula (I)

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: Y is NR; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl; or or R and R₂ in combination with the pyrimidine ring of formula (I) form a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine ring or a substituted or unsubstituted 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine ring; or R₂ and R_(3a) in combination with the pyrimidine ring of formula (I) form a substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine ring or a substituted or unsubstituted 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine ring; R₁ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy; R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, —CN, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ haloalkoxy, C₃-C₅ cycloalkyl, heteroaryl and aryl. R_(4b) is selected from the group consisting of, oxo, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, and C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy; R₅ is selected from the group consisting of —(CR₈R₉)pOR₁₂, —(CR₈R₉)p-CR₁₃R₁₄R₁₅, —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, and —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉; n and p are integers independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4; R_(6a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl; R_(6b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl; R₇, R₈, R₉, and R₁₂, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl-C₁₋₆ alkyl and substituted or unsubstituted aryl; R₁₃ is absent, or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —CN, —CH₃, fluorine, —OH, —CH₂OH, —OCH₃, —CH₂CH₂OH, —CO₂H, —CO₂—C₁₋₄-alkyl, —CH₂—SO₂R₂₀ and —CONR₈R₉ wherein R₈ and R₉ are independently of each other selected from hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ aminoalkyl, or R₈ and R₉ are combined to form a C₂-C₆ heteroalicyclyl, and R₂₀ is selected from C₁₋₆ alkyl; R₁₄ and R₁₅ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl; or R₁₄ and R₁₅ are combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₇ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₇cycloalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; B is a ring system selected from the group aryl or heteroaryl; R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₃₋₅ heteroalicyclyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted; R_(3b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, —(CH₂)₁₋₄—C(═O)R₁₀, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkylene-C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and C₃₋₆ heteroalicyclyl. R_(3c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, and C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, and with the proviso that the compound is not


65. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R and R₂ in combination with the pyrimidine ring of formula (I) form a pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine, or 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine.
 66. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R and R₂ in combination with the pyrimidine ring of formula (I) form a pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine.
 67. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₂ and R_(3a) in combination with the pyrimidine ring of formula (I) form a pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine or a 6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine.
 68. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₂ and R_(3a) in combination with the pyrimidine ring of formula (I) form a pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine.
 69. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(3a) is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, cyclopropyl, and cyclobutyl.
 70. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(3a) is cyclopropyl.
 71. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(3b) is hydrogen.
 72. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(3c) is hydrogen.
 73. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(3b) is hydrogen, and R_(3c) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, cyclopropyl and cyclobutyl;
 74. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₅ is —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)OR₇, or —(CR₈R₉)p-C(═O)NR₈R₉.
 75. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₅ is —(CR₈R₉)pOR₁₂.
 76. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₅ is —(CR₈R₉)p-CR₁₃R₁₄R₁₅.
 77. The compound according to claim 76, wherein R₁₄ and R₁₅ are combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C₄₋₇cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₆₋₁₂ membered aryl, substituted or unsubstituted 4-membered heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted 5-membered heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 6-membered heteroaryl, a substituted or unsubstituted 6-membered heteroalicyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 7-membered heteroaryl, and a substituted or unsubstituted 7-membered heteroalicyclyl.
 78. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₁₄ and R₁₅ are combined to form a ring system selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, azetidinyl, thietanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxathianyl, 1,4-oxathianyl, 4,4-dioxide, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, dioxolanyl, dioxanyl, furyl, dihydrofuranyl, furazanyl, tetrahydrofuryl, pyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, dithiolanyl, dithianyl, thiopyranyl, thianyl, thianyl-1,1-dioxide, thienyl, oxetanyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, iso-indolyl, and tetrahydrothienyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
 79. The compounds according to claim 78, wherein the ring system is selected from the group consisting of cycloheptyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, dioxanyl, furyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, oxazolyl, oxetanyl, oxathianyl, phenyl, piperidinyl, pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrazolyl, thianyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiopyryl, and triazolyl, any of which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
 80. The compound according to claim 79, wherein the ring system is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and oxetanyl, either of which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
 81. The compound according to claim 80, wherein the ring system is a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
 82. The compound according to claim 81, wherein the ring system is a substituted or unsubstituted oxetanyl.
 83. The compound according to claim 76, wherein the ring system formed by the combination of R₁₄ and R₁₅ is substituted with one or more —(CH₂)q(R5_(a)), wherein R_(5a) is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH₂COOR₂₀, —CH₂CONR₂₁R₂₂, oxo, —CN, —CH₂—CN, C₁₋₆alkyl, —CH₂-imidazolyl, —CH₂—SO₂R₂₀, —CH₂C(CH₃)₂(OR₂₀), —OR₂₀, —CH₂-triazolyl, —CF₃, dimethyl substituted-imidazolyl-2,4-dione, —CH₂—SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, morpholinyl, —C(═O)-morpholinyl, piperidyl-CH₂OR₂₀, —OCH₂-tetrahydrofuryl, piperazinonyl, piperidinyl-CONR₂₁R₂₂, —OH, —COR₂₀, —CONR₂₁R₂₂, —CH(OR₂₀)CH₃, —COOR₂₀, —CH₂-pyrrolidyl, C₁₋₆ alkylene-OH, cyclopentyl, pyrrolidonyl, tetrazolyl, —CH₂-tetrazolyl, —CH₂OR₂₀, acyl, —SOR₂₀, —SO₂R₂₀, —SO₂NR₂₁R₂₂, —NR₂₁SO₂R₂₀, and halogen; R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₂ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl, or R₂₁ and R₂₂ are combined to form a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl; and q is an integer selected from 0, 1 or
 2. 84. The compound according to claim 76, wherein the ring system formed by the combination of R₁₄ and R₁₅ is substituted with one —CH₂CONH₂.
 85. The compound according to claim 76, wherein R₁₃ is absent or —CH₂OH.
 86. The compound according to claim 85, wherein R₁₃ is absent.
 87. The compound according to claim 85, wherein R₁₃ is —CH₂OH.
 88. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R is hydrogen.
 89. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₁ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl.
 90. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₁ is hydrogen or —CF₃.
 91. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₁ is hydrogen.
 92. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy, and heteroaryl.
 93. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, chlorine, fluorine, methoxy, ethoxy, C₁₋₂ haloalkyl, C₁₋₂ haloalkoxy, triazolyl.
 94. The compound according to claim 1, wherein R_(4a) is selected from the group consisting of —CF₃, —CHF₂, —OCF₃, and —OCHF₂.
 95. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(4a) is —CF₃.
 96. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(4b) is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, chlorine, fluorine, methoxy, ethoxy, —OH, C₁₋₂ haloalkyl, and C₁₋₂ haloalkoxy.
 97. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(4b) is selected from the group consisting of —CF₃, —CF₂CF₃, —CHF₂, —OCF₃, —OCF₂CF₃, and —OCHF₂.
 98. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(4b) is —CF₃.
 99. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(6a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₁₋₆ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ haloalkoxy, and aryl.
 100. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(6a) is hydrogen.
 101. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(6b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C₁₋₆alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁₋₆ haloalkoxy, C₁₋₆-alkoxy-C₁₋₆-alkyl, or R_(6b) is selected from the group consisting of —(CH₂)_(q)—C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, —(CH₂)_(q)-aryl, —(CH₂)_(q)—C₂₋₉ heteroalicyclyl, —(CH₂)_(q)-heteroaryl, which may be substituted by one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of halogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, C₁₋₄ alkoxy, C₃₋₅ cycloalkyl, —(CH₂)_(q)—CONR₂₃R₂₄, —(CH₂)_(q)—SO₂R₂₃, —(CH₂)_(q)—NR₂₃SO₂R₂₄ and —(CH₂)_(q)—SO₂NR₂₃, R₂₃ and R₂₄ are independently of each other selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₆ alkyl, —CN, substituted or unsubstituted C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₂₋₆ heteroalicyclyl; and q is an integer selected from 0, or
 1. 102. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(6b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, —(CH₂)C(CH₃)₃, phenyl, phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 halogens, —CH(CH₃)OC(CH₃)₃, —CH₂-phenyl-OCH₃, -phenyl-OCH₃, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂CONH₂, CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂-tetrazolyl, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂OH, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-NHSO₂CH₂CF₃, —CH₂-cyclohexyl-CH₂CN, —CH₂-phenyl-CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂-phenyl-CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂-phenyl-CH₂CONH₂CH₃, —CH₂-phenyl-CH₂-tetrazolyl, —CH₂-phenyl-CONH₂, —CH₂-phenyl-SO₂NH-cyclopropyl, —CH₂— phenyl-SO₂CH₃, —CH₂-phenyl-NHSO₂CF₃, —CH₂-phenyl-NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂-phenyl-NHSO₂CHF₂, —CH₂-pyridyl-CH₃, —CH₂-pyridyl-SO₂CH₃, —CH₂-pyridyl-CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂-pyrimidyl-NHSO₂CH₃, —CH₂-piperidyl-COCH₃, —CH₂-piperidyl-SO₂CH₃, —CH₂-piperidyl-SO₂CF₃, —CH₂-thienyl-CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂-cyclobutyl-CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂-cyclobutyl-CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂-cyclobutyl-CO₂H, —CH₂-cyclobutyl-CONH₂, —CH₂-tetrahydrothiopyryl, —CH₂-cyclopentyl, —CH₂-cyclohexyl, —CH₂— tetrahydrofuranyl, —CH₂-tetrahydropyranyl, —CH₂-oxetanyl, and —CH₂-pyranyl.
 103. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R_(6b) is hydrogen.
 104. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₇, R₈, R₉, and R₁₂ are independently selected of each other from hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₁₋₆ haloalkyl, C₁₋₆ hydroxyalkyl, and aryl.
 105. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₇, R₈, R₉, and R₁₂ are independently selected of each other from hydrogen, C₁₋₄ alkyl, C₁₋₄ haloalkyl, and C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl.
 106. The compound according to claim 64, wherein R₇, R₈, R₉, and R₁₂ are independently selected of each other from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl and tert-butyl.
 107. The compound according to claim 64, wherein ring system B is aryl.
 108. The compound according to claim 64, wherein ring system B is selected from 6-membered aryl having R_(4a) in the para-position or meta-position, 6-membered heteroaryl having R_(4a) in the para-position or meta-position, or 5-membered heteroaryl having R_(4a) in 2- or 3-position.
 109. The compound according to claim 64, wherein ring system B is a 6-membered aryl ring having R_(4a) in the para-position or meta-position.
 110. The compound according to claim 64, wherein ring system B is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, naphthyl and furanyl.
 111. The compound according to claim 64, wherein ring system B is a phenyl.
 112. The compound according to claim 64, wherein n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3 and
 4. 113. The compound according to claim 64, wherein n is
 0. 114. The compound according to claim 64, wherein p is an integer selected from 0, 1 or
 2. 115. The compound according to claim 114, wherein p is
 0. 116. The compound according to claim 64, wherein the compound of formula (I) has the formula (IIa)

wherein R_(4e) and R_(4d) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy and —OH.
 117. The compound according to claim 116, wherein R_(4e) and R_(4d) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and fluorine.
 118. The compound according to claim 64, wherein the compound of formula (I) has the formula (IIab)

wherein R_(4e) and R_(4d) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁₋₄ alkoxy and —OH.
 119. The compound according to claim 118, wherein R_(4e) and R_(4d) are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and fluorine.
 120. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, selected from the group consisting of:


121. The compound according to claim 120, selected from the group consisting of:


122. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 64 and at least one pharmaceutical acceptable excipient.
 123. A method of treating or preventing an inflammatory, metabolic or autoimmune disease or disorder in a subject suffering therefrom, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 64 to the subject.
 124. The method of claim 123, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), bronchitis, atherosclerosis, Helicobacter pylori infection, allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis and uvetis, sprue and food allergy, atopic dermatitis, cystic fibrosis, lung allograph rejection, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, steatosis, steatohepatitis, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, pancreatisis, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune ocular disease, ulcerative colitis, colitis, Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), inflammatory bowel syndrome (IBS), Sjögren's syndrome, optic neuritis, type I diabetes, neuromyelitis optica, Myastehnia Gravis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Graves' disease, scleritis, obesity, obesity-induced insulin resistance and type II diabetes, and cancer.
 125. A method of modulating a retinoic acid receptor-related orphan receptor (ROR) activity, comprising contacting the ROR with a compound according to claim
 64. 126. The method of claim 125, wherein the ROR is a RORγ receptor.
 127. The method of claim 126, wherein the ROR receptor is a RORγ1 or RORγt receptor.
 128. The method of claim 125, wherein the compound modulates the activity of an RORγ receptor to a larger extent than it modulates the activity of RORα and/or RORβ receptors. 